Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Council - 25/09/2025

Renfrewshire Council · 25 September 2025
Back to Council — 25 September 2025 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

17/09/2025
Notice of Meeting and Agenda
Council
Date Time Venue
Thursday, 25 September
2025
09:30 Council Chambers (Renfrewshire),
Council Headquarters, Renfrewshire
House, Cotton Street, Paisley, PA1 1AN
Membership
Provost Lorraine Cameron (Convener):    Councillor Iain Nicolson (Leader):   Councillor Cathy
McEwan (Depute Convener):   Councillor Jacqueline Cameron (Depute Leader): 
Councillor Jennifer Adam:  Councillor Fiona Airlie-Nicolson:  Councillor Alison  Ann-Dowling: 
Councillor Stephen Burns:  Councillor Michelle Campbell:  Councillor Graeme Clark:  Councillor
Carolann Davidson:  Councillor Eddie Devine:  Councillor Andy Doig:  Councillor Audrey Doig: 
Councillor Chris Gilmour:  Councillor Edward Grady:  Councillor Gillian Graham:  Councillor Neill
Graham:  Councillor John Gray:  Councillor Anne Hannigan:  Councillor John Hood:  Councillor
Lisa-Marie Hughes:  Councillor Robert Innes:  Councillor Alec Leishman:  Councillor Bruce
MacFarlane:  Councillor James MacLaren:  Councillor Kenny MacLaren:  Councillor Mags
MacLaren:  Councillor Colin McCulloch:  Councillor Janis McDonald:  Councillor David
McGonigle:  Councillor Jamie McGuire:  Councillor Marie McGurk:  Councillor Iain McMillan: 
Councillor John McNaughtan:  Councillor Kevin Montgomery:  Councillor Sam Mullin:  Councillor
Will Mylet:  Councillor Jim Paterson:  Councillor Emma Rodden:  Councillor John Shaw: 
Councillor Ben Smith:  Councillor Andy Steel: 
Hybrid Meeting
Please note that this meeting is scheduled to be held in the Council Chambers.  However, it is a
hybrid meeting and arrangements have been made for members to join the meeting remotely
should they wish.
Members of the Press and Public
Members of the press and public wishing to attend the meeting should report to the customer
service centre where they will be met and directed to the meeting.
MARK CONAGHAN
Head of Corporate Governance
Page 1 of 230

Page 2

17/09/2025
Further Information
This is a meeting which is open to members of the public.
A copy of the agenda and reports for this meeting will be available for inspection prior to the
meeting at the Customer Service Centre, Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street, Paisley and online
at http://renfrewshire.cmis.uk.com/renfrewshire/CouncilandBoards.aspx
For further information, please email
democratic-services@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Webcasting of Council Meeting
This meeting will be filmed for live or subsequent broadcast via the Council’s internet site – at
the start of the meeting the Provost will confirm if all or part of the meeting is being filmed. 
Generally the public seating areas will not be filmed.  The cameras focus on the main
participants.  If you have any queries regarding this please contact Committee Services on
democratic-services@renfrewshire.gov.uk.
To find the webcast please navigate to: https://renfrewshire.public-i.tv/core/portal/home  and
select the meeting from the calendar.
Information Bulletin
To reduce the reporting of routine operational matters to Policy Boards, to allow Boards to focus
on major policy issues and to streamline business for Members’ consideration and
determination, a Bulletin, issued in line with the Council meeting timetable, is produced. The
Bulletin is intended to provide members with a concise summary of significant decisions and
action taken by officers in the exercise of their delegated powers, and details of issues which do
not require a decision. A copy of the Bulletin has been attached under separate cover to this
agenda.
Page 2 of 230

Page 3

17/09/2025
Items of business  
Apologies
Apologies from members.
Declarations of Interest and Transparency Statements
Members are asked to declare an interest or make a transparency
statement in any item(s) on the agenda and to provide a brief
explanation of the nature of the interest or the transparency statement.
1 Provost's Update
Hear from Provost
2 Minutes of Meetings of Council, Boards and Panels
Minutes of Meetings of Council, Boards and Panels (attached under
separate cover)
3 Financial Outlook and Medium-Term Financial Plan
Report by Director of Finance & Resources
9 - 32
4 Chief Social Work Officer Report 2024/25
Report by Chief Social Work Officer
33 - 66
5 Renfrewshire Community Protection Chief Officers Group
– Annual Report 2024/25
Report by Chief Executive
67 - 114
6 Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 3 – Evidence
Report
Report by Chief Executive (Please note that the Appendices to the
report are attached to this agenda under separate cover)
115 - 124
7 Governance Arrangements – changes to Standing Orders
relating to Contracts
Report by Director of Finance & Resources
125 - 202
8 Second Review of Scottish Parliamentary Boundaries
Report by Chief Executive
203 - 224
Page 3 of 230

Page 4

17/09/2025
9 Request to light up Council Buildings – Governance
Arrangements
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
225 - 226
10 Flag Flying Protocol Update
Report by Director of Finance & Resources
227 - 230
11 Notice of Motion 1 by Councillors Devine and Mylet
"School Crossing Patrollers
Renfrewshire Council agrees that any removal of school crossing
patrollers must be referred back to the ILE Board as agreed by the
Board Convener at the March 2025 board meeting."
12 Notice of Motion 2 by Councillors Hughes and J Cameron
"Renfrewshire: A welcoming place.
Renfrewshire Council is deeply concerned by rise in anti-migrant, racist
rhetoric exhibited nationally and across the globe, and condemns all
attempts to scapegoat migrants, and particularly refugees fleeing the
worst of situations, for global issues.
Renfrewshire Council agrees that the current Labour Government must
work to improve the lengthy wait for asylum applications to be
processed. Renfrewshire Council also calls for the reinstatement of the
Family Reunification Scheme, noting that 92% of the beneficiaries of this
scheme are women and girls fleeing war and persecution.
Renfrewshire has a proud history of welcoming and supporting refugees
to settle here and become part of our communities and recognises the
rich contributions they and other migrants who choose Renfrewshire as
their home make to the area.
Renfrewshire Council reaffirms its commitment to welcoming refugees
and migrants who choose to make Renfrewshire their home.
Renfrewshire Council will write to the Prime Minister asserting our view
that the ‘pause’ on Family Reunification Scheme must be removed, and
work must be done at pace to improve waiting times for Asylum
Applications to be processed."
Page 4 of 230

Page 5

17/09/2025
13 Notice of Motion 3 by Councillors McCulloch and
McMillan
"Proposed Closure of GP Surgery and Dispensary in Langbank
In light of the very disappointing decision of the Inverclyde IJB to
approve the proposed closure of the GP surgery and dispensary in
Langbank, Council agrees to write to the chief officer of NHS Greater
Glasgow and Clyde Health Board to request that they co-ordinate with
relevant HSCPs and IJBs to enable that the village of Langbank and
surrounding areas within Renfrewshire be moved into the jurisdiction of
Renfrewshire HSCP at the earliest opportunity.
This move will correct an historic anomaly whereby a body of local
elected representatives from another local authority area take decisions
for the provision of health and social care for people out with their own
boundaries of responsibility.
Renfrewshire Council will support the people Langbank in all efforts to
reinstate GP services within the village."
14 Notice of Motion 4 by Councillors McMillan and Smith
"Council acknowledges that the Renfrewshire IJB made decisions at its
meeting last week that may well have far reaching consequences for
some of our most vulnerable communities and their families.
Council therefore agrees that a report detailing the changes to Health
and Social Care Services be brought to the next full Council meeting in
order that councillors get an understanding of the implications of those
decisions."
15 Notice of Motion 5 by Councillors G Graham and Ann-
Dowling
“Support for Alzheimer Scotland’s Stop the Cuts Campaign
This Council supports Alzheimer Scotland’s Stop the Cuts campaign.
People with dementia and their carers deserve the right care, at the right
time, in the right place. We support the introduction of clear dementia
care pathway guarantees that set out the level and standard of care that
everyone affected by dementia, including carers, should expect and
receive.
We believe every person with dementia in Scotland deserves:
•  Access to quality, local support throughout every stage of their
condition
•  A clear, national care pathway, not a postcode lottery
•  The same priority in the health system as other people living with
major illnesses
Page 5 of 230

Page 6

17/09/2025
We call upon the Scottish Government and Renfrewshire Health &
Social Care Partnership to work together with Alzheimer Scotland to
protect dementia services, and build a national, consistent standard of
care that ends the postcode lottery for good.”
16 Notice of Motion 6 by Councillors G Graham and Smith
"Change Standing Orders To Issue Agendas 7 Days In Advance Of
Meetings
The issuing of agendas is bound by the Local Government (Scotland)
Act 1973, and is set out in the Council’s Standing Orders. Council and
Board agendas must be issued three clear days before a meeting. For
these purposes Renfrewshire Council includes weekends.
The three clear days set out in the Act is the minimum requirement, and
each Council can and does have its own practices in relation to the
issuing of agendas. This results in a post code lottery, with elected
members, and the public, in some authorities receiving access to Board
papers up to 10 days in advance of meetings.
The current practice in Renfrewshire can result in elected members
receiving papers (often comprising hundreds of pages) less than 4 clear
days in advance of meetings. This limits the time available to scrutinise
content and discriminates against elected members with disabilities such
as dyslexia or visual impairments.
Council agrees to change Standing Orders to enable Board Agendas to
be issued a minimum of 7 days (inclusive of weekends) in advance of
meetings."
17 Notice of Motion 7 by Councillors G Graham and Gilmour
"Removal of officer’s delegated powers in relation to proposed
removal of school crossing patrollers
This Council believes that the removal of school crossing patrols must
not be carried out without elected members being able to vote on these
proposals. To enable this the delegated powers relating to the proposed
removal of school crossing patrollers, which currently sits with officers
(specifically the Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure),
will be removed.
Serious concerns have been raised by parents and community
representatives around the way in which the proposed removal of school
crossing patrollers has been determined, and the lack of any meaningful
consultation process. Proposals will therefore be paused, and any
decision on these proposals will be assigned to the elected members of
the Infrastructure, Land and Environment Board."
Page 6 of 230

Page 7

17/09/2025
18 Notice of Motion 8 by Councillors Andy Doig and Hood
"B776 Crossing Patroller
Renfrewshire Council agrees to reinstate the crossing patrolled service
at the B776 Bowfield Road, Howwood, and at Beith Road/Fraser
Avenue, Johnstone."
19 Notice of Motion 9 by Councillors K MacLaren and Andy
Doig
"Strathclyde Pension Fund
Council notes with deep concern the escalating humanitarian crisis in
Gaza and the West Bank, and the findings of the United Nations,
Amnesty International, and other human rights organisations that Israel’s
actions constitute war crimes and serious violations of international law.
Over 65,000 Palestinians have been killed with hundreds of thousands
more injured by Israeli forces. Health workers and journalists have
become targets for an Israeli regime desperate to hide the scale of its
war crimes from future generations.
Gaza now faces an unprecedented humanitarian catastrophe, with over
80% of the population facing food insecurity, and UN-backed food
security experts now stating that a famine is unfolding in Gaza, primarily
due to Israeli blockades of humanitarian aid.
Council understands that the Strathclyde Pension Fund - one of
Europe’s largest pension funds with over 277,000 members - continues
to invest in companies that supply arms, military technology, or other
support used in Israel’s war crimes and violations, including those
operating in illegal Israeli settlements in the Occupied Palestinian
Territory.
Council believes pension funds should not be invested in companies
complicit in breaches of international law, particularly amid this ongoing
and escalating crisis. Our investments must reflect our commitment to
justice, human rights, and ethical governance.
Council will contact the Strathclyde Pension Fund Committee to express
our strong condemnation of Israel’s ongoing genocide against the
Palestinian people, and to urge the Fund to urgently review its
investment portfolio and divest from companies linked to or complicit in
Israel’s war crimes and violations of international law."
Page 7 of 230

Page 8

17/09/2025
20 Notice of Motion 10 by Councillors J MacLaren and
McCulloch
“Pest Control - Solar Panels
Pigeons are known for carrying diseases. This council wishes to advise
all residents who have or intend to install solar panels on their roofs that
it is strongly advised that, in order to prevent bird access, particularly of
the likes of pigeons, for their own health and that of their neighbours,
that the gap between the solar panel and the roof line should be sealed
off with either mesh or netting.
Council to include such advice on their website and for the Planning
Department to issue this advice where appropriate.”
21 Notice of Motion 11 by Councillors Smith and G Graham
"Motion: To acknowledge and celebrate the 50th Anniversary of
Trinity High School Renfrew
Renfrewshire Council offers its warm congratulations to the staff and
pupils of Trinity High School Renfrew on its 50th Anniversary.
Opening in 1975 Trinity High has long held close ties to local parishes,
primary schools and the communities it serves.
The school’s values of dedication to academic excellence, personal
development, and strong community values, are evident in its academic
achievements, HMIE Inspections and the esteem in which it is held
locally.
A recent inspection noted among its key strengths; strong
compassionate leadership empowering staff to lead improvements
across the school, and the very caring and nurturing ethos across the
school. Also recognised are the positive approaches to supporting
young people’s wellbeing, which have resulted in young people who
have a strong sense of belonging and feel valued at Trinity High School.
Congratulations to all the staff and pupils on their achievements in this
their Golden Jubilee year."
Page 8 of 230

Page 9

___________________________________________________________________
To:  Council 
On:  25 September 2025
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Director of Finance and Resources
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Financial Outlook and Medium-Term Financial Plan
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary 
1.1 This report provides the Council with an update in relation to the medium
term forecast financial position and the key assumptions and risks which
underpin it. This latest update continues to emphasise the ongoing
challenging financial environment for local government in Scotland and the
particular issues which are relevant to Renfrewshire Council. 
1.2 Successive financial update reports have highlighted the need for the
Council to continue to develop and implement significant savings measures
in order to ensure ongoing financial sustainability. This position has not
altered, but as the years of financial constraint continue, it is increasingly
difficult for these savings options not to impact on service delivery and the
communities the Council serves. 
1.3 This report provides an update on the forecast level of spend and income
over the medium term, and how these combine to provide a projected
financial gap. The report also outlines how specific reserves may be applied
to support the Council’s financial stability in the short term. 
Item 3
Page 9 of 230

Page 10

1.4 The report also provides a capital update and outlines specific challenges in
the current capital programme.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
2.1 Note the economic updates outlined in Sections 3 and 4
2.2 Note the key financial assumptions and projected medium term revenue
position outlined in Section 5 
2.3 Note the savings update and agree the savings targets outlined in Section 6
2.4 Note the reserves update and agree the principles outlined in Section 7
2.5 Note the financial risks to the forecast position outlined in Section 8
2.6 Note the treasury and debt update provided in Section 9 and the long term
financial planning principles outlined to secure and support future strategic
investment
2.7 Note the capital update and agree the revision to the 2025/26 Capital Plan
as outlined in Section 10. 
_________________________________________________________
3. Economic outlook, key fiscal events
3.1 As Members will be aware, there are a number of downside domestic and
geopolitical risks which continue to impact the public finances, including
ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, along with the new tariff
regime imposed by the United States in mid-August. This brings volatility in
relation to pricing and supply chains across the globe.
3.2 Twelve-month CPI inflation increased to 3.5% in 2025 Q2, coming from
energy, food and transport. Pay inflation remains high but is expected to
ease over the rest of the year. CPI inflation is forecast by the Bank of
England to increase further to peak at 4.0% in September. They then expect
inflation to fall back towards the 2% target by 2027. 
3.3 At its August meeting, the Bank of England’s Monetary Policy Committee
voted to reduce Bank Rate from 4.25 to 4%. This was done to try and
address “persistent inflationary pressures, and to return inflation
Page 10 of 230

Page 11

sustainably to its 2% target in the medium term”. The rate could be subject
to a further small cut before the end of the financial year.
3.4 Underlying UK GDP growth has remained subdued, with UK GDP growth
forecast at 1.1% in 2025 (0.8% in Scotland) and expected to rise to 1.3% in
2026. 
3.5 The key fiscal events so far in 2025 that have an impact the Council’s
medium-term outlook have been the UK Spending Review, and the
publication of the Scottish Government’s Medium Term Financial Strategy
(MTFS) and Fiscal Sustainability Delivery Plan (FSDP).
UK Government Spending Review 
3.6 On 11 June 2025, the UK Government published its Spending Review, a
multi-year plan covering up to 2028/29 for revenue spending. The decisions
taken by the UK Government will contribute to the resources available for
the Scottish Budget in the coming years. The key funding announcements
for Scotland were:
• Increase in the Scottish revenue block grant by £1.2bn in 2026/27
• Increase in the Scottish capital block grant by £0.6bn in 2026/27
• Confirmation of the continuation of Levelling-Up funding
3.7 In real terms, this represented a 0.8% growth in the block grant for
Scotland. The UK Budget is expected at a date to be confirmed in October
and will confirm any changes in the Scottish Block Grant for 2026/27.
Scottish Government’s MTFS/FSDP 
3.8 On 25 June, the Scottish Government published a new Medium Term
Financial Strategy (MTFS) that sets out the Scottish Government’s broad
financial plans for the next five years. Alongside this, they also published a
Fiscal Sustainability Delivery Plan (FSDP), which is intended to set out how
pressures on the resource budget over the next five years will be addressed.
3.9 The MTFS notes that, compared to the position at the time of the 2025-26
Scottish Budget, the fiscal outlook is initially better, but then deteriorates
and is £1.2 billion lower than previously expected by 2029-30. Over the
medium term, anticipated funding declines, mainly due to a lower block
grant as confirmed in the UK Spending Review (£685 million lower by 2029-
Page 11 of 230

Page 12

30). It also notes that public sector pay, including local government,
accounts for around 55% of all resource (revenue) spending.
3.10 Health spending has been a consistent priority for the Scottish Government
in recent years, and because health and social care accounts for almost 40%
of the Scottish budget, this leaves less resource funding available for local
government. The MTFS indicates that health and social care and social
security spending are expected to increase by an average of 5.3% and 6.8%
per year respectively, compared to an overall average growth in revenue
spend of 4.1% per year over the same period. In contrast, local government
(growing by 2.7% per year on average) faces a challenging outlook.
Crucially, these growth figures do not account for inflation, so there are
likely to be real-terms cuts required in order to meet spending plans in the
Scottish Government’s priority areas.  
3.11 On capital spend, the MTFS notes that ‘budgets have been relatively
strained in recent years’, and the Scottish Government notes that this has
contributed to an increased backlog for asset maintenance, indicating a risk
that ageing buildings and infrastructure require remediation or
replacement work earlier than planned, which could further increase
pressure on capital budgets.
3.12 While the MTFS sets out the Scottish Government’s forecast revenue budget
gap, the Fiscal Sustainability Delivery Plan (FSDP) gives an outline of how
they intend to address this gap. The plan revolves around three pillars,
being:
1. controlling public spending
2. growing the economy, and 
3. growing tax revenues whilst protecting competitiveness.
3.13 The FSDP indicates the high-level themes the Scottish Government intends
to action to manage the revenue gap presented in the MTFS; however,
much of the detail will not be resolved until future year budgets are agreed. 
4 Scottish Budget 2026/27 and Local Government Finance Settlement
4.1 Following the multi-year forecasts provided within the UK Spending Review,
the Scottish Government indicated in its MTFS that work is underway on
developing its own multi-year spending plans, with the intention that its
Page 12 of 230

Page 13

conclusions are published in a Scottish Spending Review (SSR) alongside
the 2026/27 Scottish Budget. The SSR will set out the Scottish Government’s
indicative revenue spending plans for 2027/28 and 2028/29, with an
additional year (2029/30) for capital spend.
4.2 It is hoped that this will provide some clarity on expected levels of revenue
and capital funding for the Council over the medium term, which in turn will
provide improved confidence for Renfrewshire’s financial sustainability
planning over this period. Whilst it is helpful to have better visibility of
future year settlements, there is a risk in that some indicators which drive
distribution changes may be set for the 3 year period as opposed to being
updated annually – clarity on this issue will require to be provided by the
Scottish Government. In this event there could potentially be a downside
risk for the Council if for example increasing population was not reflected
annually.  
4.3 The UK Government Budget has confirmed the UK Budget will be
announced on 26 November – much later than had been previously
understood. This will have implications for the date for the Scottish Budget,
the date of which has not yet been announced but is expected to be late
December or (possibly more likely) early January. This may result in a much
more condensed timescale for the Council to consider its 26/27 Budget,
particularly if the detail of the local government settlement and associated
Finance Circular is further delayed into January. Members will be updated
as the position becomes clear, however members will also be aware that
the Council must agree its budget and associated council tax decision by 11
March each year – this date being set out in statute.
4.4 Renfrewshire Council’s settlement has benefited in the past year from the
area’s relative growth in population, and this is expected to continue into
2026/27.  The 2024 mid-year estimate for population in Renfrewshire was
published in late August and shows Renfrewshire’s population has
increased again and now stands at 189,170, an increase of 2,020 (1.1%) on
2023 and above the national rate of 0.7%. Renfrewshire remains the
9th largest Council in Scotland in terms of population. This recent
population increase places our estimated population at the highest level
recorded in the period from 1980 and continues the sharp increases
recorded from the 2022 census onwards. In terms of what this means at a
strategic level – increased population is seen as a positive, people are
choosing to move to Renfrewshire, supporting the local economy, using
services and contributing to their communities. However, in line with the
Page 13 of 230

Page 14

rest of Scotland, Renfrewshire is experiencing a significantly ageing
population which is creating demand pressures on health and social care
services – this trend is likely to continue and become more acute as the top
end of the working age population age into the 65+ cohort.
4.5 The Scottish Government’s December 2024 public sector pay policy set out
a 9% increase over 2025/26 to 2027/28, slightly above inflation expectations
at the time. Most of the public sector workforce is now covered by agreed
pay deals for 2025/26 that also cover 2026/27. Where agreements have been
reached, they all have been at levels above the budgeted 3% in 2025/26. The
most recent local government pay settlement agreed was 4% in 2025/26
and 3.5% in 2026/27.  
5  Medium term forecast position and assumptions
5.1 The most recent financial outlook report to Council in December 2024
outlined gross revenue pressures from 2025/26 to 2027/28 of £77 million.
This forecast was based – as always – on a number of key assumptions.
Officers continually assess these in light of new information. The updated
core assumptions underpinning the forecast position within this report are
outlined in Table 1 below:  
Table 1     
Pay
5.2 At the time of writing this report, the pay settlement for teaching staff
remains to be agreed for 2025/26 and subject to ongoing tri-partite national
negotiations between COSLA, the Teaching Unions and the Scottish
Government. The Council agreed to budget for pay increases in 2025/26 at
Core budget assumptions
September 2025
2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 2030/31
Pay award 3.5% 3.0% 2.5% 2.5% 2.5%
Non-pay inflation 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Contract inflation 3% 2% 2% 2% 2%
Revenue Grant 1.2% 1.2% 1.0% 1.0% 0.0%
Council tax (rate) 6.5% 6.5% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0%
Council tax (base) 1.2% 0.9% 0.9% 0.8% 0.8%
Page 14 of 230

Page 15

3%. Given the conclusion of the local government (non-teaching) pay
settlement at 4% for 25/26 (and 3.5% for 26/27), there is some likelihood
that the level of provision made in the Council’s budget for teachers will be
insufficient (assuming no additional resources are provided by the Scottish
Government as part of a finalised agreement). Any unfunded costs over and
above that provided for will require to be funded from reserve balances in
year, with adequate provision requiring to be made in the 26/27 budget. For
context, each 1% pay award across both the teaching and non-teaching
workforce will cost an estimated £3.5 million.
5.3 On top of pay inflation, the Council’s pay bill also includes employer NICs
and pension contributions. The 2025/26 budget has been set based on the
Council’s share of national eNIC funding provided to the Scottish
Government.
5.4 At the last triennial valuation, the rate at which the Council contributes to
the Strathclyde Pension Fund for its employees was reduced from 19.3% to
6.5% for two years, followed by 17.5% in 2026/27. The next triennial
valuation is due in March 2026, which will confirm rates for the next three-
year period. The assumption in this Financial Outlook is that the 17.5% rate
will prevail over the medium term. 
Non-pay costs
5.5 The Council has a long standing principle of no general inflationary uplifts
being funded, with an expectation that Directors and their management
teams will seek ongoing efficiencies in order to meet general inflationary
pressures. This position has been significantly tested in recent years as both
general inflation (as indicated by CPI) and building cost inflation have both
breached into double figures. Utilities in particular have seen large
increases in cost; along with road fuel and costs associated with waste
recycling and disposal. 
5.6 The pressure on these budgets; along with other above inflation costs
linked to the war in Ukraine, post-pandemic recovery and labour
constraints have resulted in a position where some costs have exceeded
available budgets despite the best efforts of officers. This has been
particularly prevalent in services delivered by the Environment, Housing
and Infrastructure service; and the resulting overspends have been robustly
scrutinised by relevant Policy Boards. Lifecycle maintenance in particular
has experienced severe pressures due to the backlog of maintenance work
required and increased supplies and contractor labour costs. 
Page 15 of 230

Page 16

5.7 General inflation in the economy appeared to have been moderating but
remains sensitive to political and world events, with food pricing in
particular being a major driver of household costs. Nonetheless, it is
forecast the cost increases outlined above may moderate over the medium
term. The Council continues to face a number of expenditure risks over the
medium term which are outlined in more detail in section 8 below. 
Income
5.8 As outlined above, the Scottish Government MTFS indicates an average
2.7% increase to the local government settlement over the period of the
plan. However, the MTFS – similarly to the Council’s plans – shows a deficit
position. Therefore, the Scottish Government will require to make savings
or reduce planned spend over this period, potentially adjusting its
expenditure plans to remain within available resource. Given this risk, while
some increase in the overall level of general revenue grant may be
forthcoming, it is not likely to be on the scale outlined in the MTFS.
Experience would suggest there is also the potential for any increase in
funding to be matched by an increase in directed spend or new burdens.
The Council should however benefit in terms of distribution from an overall
increase in share of the Scottish population.
5.9 With regards Council Tax, Council agreed previously a core assumption of
6.5% increases for the remainder of the current administration period –
acknowledging that this decision would be for elected members to take on
an annual basis when setting each budget. This assumption remains the
case, reducing to 5% in the following years. Members will be aware that
council tax is a key element of agreeing a balanced budget, so some
variation from this core assumption is likely depending on how other areas
of spend and income move.
5.10 Council officers will continue to work towards a principle of full cost
recovery for services, setting fees and charges in line with this principle. An
increase of 5% per annum has been in place for a number of years and this
is assumed the case in future years.  Officers will also explore other options
for increasing income such as implementation of a visitor levy. 
Borrowing costs
5.11 The Council’s strategic aspirations in terms of the learning estate and
existing level of investment in infrastructure where this is not grant funded
will require to be appropriately resourced in revenue terms to support
Page 16 of 230

Page 17

prudential borrowing and revenue contributions to capital. This issue is
outlined in more detail in section 9 below, however the forecast position as
outlined includes an increase in loans fund costs of £2-3 million each year
for the full forecast period – potentially taking the ratio of debt to net
revenue stream from 2.9% to 5.3%. This approach will provide the Council
with the ability to secure and lock in provision of capital investment
capacity to support long term strategic investment planning. 
Education costs
5.12 Members have agreed a learning estate strategy which includes a business
case process in order that investment decisions with regards the schools
and early learning estate are appropriately informed by all relevant
information. A key element of the business case is securing a robust
understanding of the costs of any investment decision, and the associated
net revenue consequences. This is important for the Council to consider not
just in terms of the capital affordability of any project but also the financial
sustainability ongoing obligations the council would be entering into. 
5.13 As reported to the Education and Children’s Services Policy Board recently,
a number of business cases are in development in this first phase of the
programme – Johnstone Primary School learning estate, Johnstone High
School and Trinity High School. 
5.14 The forecast financial issues and costs associated with previous investment
decisions in Thistle Primary School and the extension to Park Mains High
School were outlined in a report to Council in October 2024. These costs
continue to be updated in line with current roll projections and as the
design of the projects is finalised. The indicative costs outlined in October
2024 continue to broadly hold (ie net additional revenue costs of £0.6m for
Thistle and £2.2m for the extended PMHS, inclusive of borrowing costs),
however the phasing of how these costs will manifest continues to develop.
It is currently estimated that the Council will require to budget for increased
teaching staffing costs of £0.2-0.3m in 2026/27; increasing incrementally in
the following years (more significantly in 2027/28 when the Thistle Primary
School opens) up to the total additional net cost estimate of £2.8m over a
sustained period and into the next decade. Capital costs of both projects
are currently in line with agreed budgets and are forecast to remain so. 
Page 17 of 230

Page 18

5.15 These cost estimates, and importantly the detailed phasing of how they will
be incurred, will be incorporated into future financial plan updates along
with the many other cost pressures the Council is facing. Given their relative
scale in terms of the total financial challenge the Council is facing, it is
proposed that specific detail of these costs will in future be reported on an
exceptions basis moving forward. 
Gross revenue position
5.16  The cost assumptions above result in the projected revenue position
outlined in Table 2 over the next 5 years ie before any decisions on savings,
but inclusive of an assumed level of council tax increase in line with the core
assumptions in Table 1 above. 
Table 2 
5.17 The position for the current financial year is shown for information;
however, it can be seen from this that the Council has agreed a budget
Summary medium term forecast - September 2025
2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 2030/31
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Opening base budget gap/(surplus) 9.3 (2.6) 7.7 16.8 26.0 34.4
New pressures:
Pay 12.5 14.1 11.0 9.5 9.5 9.7
Non-pay 30.1 8.7 8.9 8.8 8.5 7.1
Borrowing 5.4 5.3 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5
Asset maintenance 1.0 1.0 1.0
Gross pressures 58.3 26.5 32.6 38.6 47.5 54.7
Savings:
Fees & Charges 5% (0.3) (0.3) (0.3) (0.4) (0.4)
Council Tax base increase (1.3) (1.1) (1.1) (1.2) (1.2) (1.3)
Corporate and service savings (7.0)
49.9 25.1 31.2 37.1 45.9 53.0
Increase in SG revenue grant (41.9) (9.3) (5.8) (4.0) (4.0) (4.0)
Budget gap prior to CT decision 8.0 15.8 25.4 33.1 41.9 49.0
CT increase (10.6) (8.0) (8.6) (7.1) (7.5) (8.0)
Recurring budget gap/(surplus) (2.6) 7.7 16.8 26.0 34.4 41.0
Page 18 of 230

Page 19

which has returned to financial balance (the recurring surplus agreed has
been allocated to one-off spending proposals in year).
5.18 While this is an encouraging position, it can be seen that in the absence of
further substantial savings being delivered that a financial gap is projected
for 2026/27 of £7.7m, increasing to £41m by 2030/31. For clarity, this gap is
after the assumed council tax increases in Table 1 above. 
5.19 The Council will have choices to address this, however these will essentially
be restricted to three main themes: reduce planned spend (or rather,
reduce that spend which is within the Council’s control); generate savings
to offset the forecast increase in cost; or increase income. For context, to
close the gap completely by increasing council tax would require a 13.5%
increase in 26/27 (each 1% increase in council tax generates c£1.1m). The
most likely solution will be a combination of each of these.
5.20 There would also be a short-term option in terms of utilising reserve
balances to temporarily close the gap, however the underlying financial gap
would remain to be addressed on a recurring basis. As has been discussed in
many previous reports, the use of reserves to achieve financial balance can
only ever be a short term option which should only be agreed  in
circumstances where planned and agreed recurring savings required to
achieve recurring balance cannot be delivered in line with the financial gaps
emerging. These issues are explored in further detail below.
6 Savings 
6.1 Previous financial updates have outlined the measures the Council has
taken to deliver substantial savings in recent years from transformation
programmes, financial sustainability workstreams and corporate financing
measures such as adjustments to the Council’s long term debt smoothing
strategy.
6.2 Action taken by the Council since 2011/12 has generated substantial levels
of saving totalling £189m, however as has been reported previously, in each
successive year it is increasingly difficult to continue to generate savings at
this scale. From an average saving of £19.5m per annum in the period from
2011/12 to 2014/15, the average saving over 2022/23 to 2025/26 is £8.5m. 
6.3 As outlined above however, without continuing significant levels of saving
being generated, there is a risk the Council will not remain financial
sustainable.
Page 19 of 230

Page 20

6.4 Council has previously agreed a number of transformation themes in
addition to departmental savings targets. The most recent update to
Council had proposed a £8m per annum departmental target in addition to
the thematic transformation work which is in progress, and which was the
subject of a report to the Leadership Board in February 2025. The £8m
target was equivalent to a 2.4% level of saving across each department. The
largest proportion of this saving target inevitably fell on Children’s Services
– that being the department with the largest budget. However, this position
was based on total budgets – including teaching staff budgets. Owing to the
Scottish Government position on the maintenance of teacher numbers
however, the Council’s ability to make any saving from teacher salary
related budgets (a total budget of £135m and 24% of the council’s total
budget) has been effectively curtailed. Consequently, this simply places
heightened pressure on remaining Council services to deliver an increased
level of saving; and makes the generation of £8m of departmental savings
extremely challenging - putting at risk both the Council’s financial
sustainability, and also its ambitions in terms of strategic capital
investment. The Council therefore will need to place increased reliance on
transformational and other corporate savings to try and address this
pressure. 
6.5  The Council’s transformation and change plans will necessarily have a focus
on digital technology and the potential it offers to transform how the
Council operates and delivers services in order to deliver the same outcome
with less resource and where possible deliver improved outcomes with less
resource. As outlined in the Reshaping Renfrewshire report, key areas of
focus for the Council in terms of transformation will be:
- to develop its digital and data capability, key strategic partnerships and
build on the rapid development in digital opportunities such as Artificial
Intelligence (AI)
- to build key partnerships that will support the Council to most
effectively progress and realise transformation opportunities
- focus on reducing inequalities
- shift the focus of service provision to support preventative activity, to
intervene earlier and reduce the demand for more expensive support
and services.
6.6 Transformation activity and the ongoing development of savings options
will also be informed by the ongoing resident survey activity with update
reporting to the Leadership Board. As advised to Members there are number
Page 20 of 230

Page 21

of areas where there is officer work ongoing in relation strategic reviews of
the services provided by OneRen, which is linked to both the  property
strategy and Connected Communities review. 
6.7 It has been recognised that Digital opportunities, and in particular artificial
intelligence may provide substantive potential for service change. The
Council has engaged with an external provider of AI services to undertake
an assessment of potential areas where AI could deliver service
improvements and deliver a structured roadmap for adoption. Through a
series of stakeholder engagement, workshops, data analysis, financial
validation solution demonstrations and trials, this AI Transformation
Assessment will provide the Council with a clearer understanding and route
map of how AI solutions can enhance efficiency, reduce costs, and improve
service delivery. This critical initial assessment stage will support the
development of a full business case that is intended to be brought back to a
future Leadership Board for detailed consideration later in the year.
6.8 The delivery of recurring savings is oftentimes predicated on a requirement
for short term investment to facilitate the transformational change
necessary, and members should remain alert to the possibility that some
up-front investment may be required. The Council maintains a Service
Modernisation Fund for this purpose.
6.9 It is proposed that the specific savings targets outlined below are agreed in
order to provide members with context in relation to the programme of
work required over the next 3 years (the savings and financial environment
after this time period is too uncertain at this point to target particular
savings from services). Members will note that the departmental savings
target has been reduced from that previously agreed, reflecting the removal
of teachers’ salary costs within the areas for saving. Further proposals will
require to be developed for the years thereafter. 
Page 21 of 230

Page 22

Table 3 
Assuming the above savings targets are achieved, there would still remain a
recurring gap in the Council’s underlying financial position as is outlined in
Table 4 below:
Table 4 
6.10 The fact that a recurring financial gap remains indicates that the Council
still requires to do further work to ensure its ongoing financial
sustainability; even in the relatively short term and therefore this should be
considered an initial planned programme subject to greater certainty of the
medium term financial outlook emerging over coming months. In managing
this position, and while further options for closing the gap are developed, it
is likely that the Council will again require to rely on reserve balances to
secure a balanced budget position in the short term.
7 Reserves
7.1 The planned use of reserves as a support to the Council’s medium-term
financial position has been outlined in previous reports as likely to be
required; and the analysis above clearly demonstrates this requirement.
The application of reserves is a legitimate tool in managing shorter term
Savings Theme
26/27 27/28 28/29
£000s £000s £000s
Digital workstreams including AI                  200               1,500               1,000
Connected Communities                  250                   250                   250
Review of culture and leisure services with OneRen                  250               1,000                   750
Early intervention and prevention              1,000               1,000
Strategic Property review                  100                   100                   100
Procurement savings                  200                   200                   100
Service based savings              3,000               3,000               2,000
Income growth              1,000               1,000               1,000
Corporate Financing saving                  300                   250                       -              
6,300             8,300             5,200
Target
2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 2030/31
£m £m £m £m £m
Projected Financial Gap from Table 2 7.7                  16.8               26.0               34.4            41.0           
Increase in Gap year on year 9.1                  9.2                  8.4              6.6             
Savings from Table 3 6.3                  8.3                  5.2                  -              -             
Net remaining gap 1.4                 0.8                 4.0                 8.4             6.6            
Page 22 of 230

Page 23

financial challenges and securing immediate financial stability while the
design and delivery of well managed sustainable savings are generated to
match financial pressures, but it cannot ever be more than a short-term
measure. 
7.2 In summary, the Financial Sustainability reserve will be the prime source of
financial stability support to the Council’s financial position over the
medium term. The balance on this reserve coming into 2025/26 was £21.2
million.  Any overspend incurred in year will also require to be funded from
this reserve. The latest forecast position for the Council outlined to the
Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board was for a £1.5m
overspend.  It is expected there will be a contribution to the reserve from
the fortuitous (and temporary) reduction in employer superannuation
contributions in 2025/26 of £12 million, resulting in a net year end forecast
balance of approximately £30 million. The net draw on this fund over the
forecast period as outlined in Table 4 totals £21 million – after assuming the
successful delivery of £20m of recurring savings. 
7.3 Members should remain very alert to the risks of the delivery of planned
savings experiencing potential slippage or not being delivered in full, and
should prudently plan  for this eventuality. In addition, Members attention
is drawn to the significant financial risks outlined in section 8 of this report –
in particular that posed by the financial outlook of Renfrewshire HSCP.
7.4 While there remain uncertainties in much of the analyses above, it is helpful
to reiterate previously agreed principles in terms of the planned use of
specific reserves which could be deployed to support the Council’s medium-
term financial position:
• There should be no planned use of unallocated reserves, which are
held as a risk contingency. Unallocated reserves should be
maintained at a minimum of £10 million (c2.0% of net running costs)
over the medium term;
• The Council commits to the planned use of the Financial
Sustainability reserve to support the medium-term financial
position, and in the interim, develops and implements plans to
address the underlying structural financial gap in a sustainable
manner.
7.5 Updated revenue outlook reports will continue to be provided to future
Council meetings including the annual budget setting meeting,
Page 23 of 230

Page 24

incorporating the confirmed level of Scottish Government revenue support
in 2026/27, any revised financial assumptions and any variation in the
requirement to utilise ring-fenced reserve balances from that outlined in
Table 4. 
8 Risk management
8.1 The most recent financial overview report to the Finance, Resources and
Customer Services Policy Board outlined a projected revenue overspend in
25/26 of £7.8m. This includes a projected overspend with adult social care
services managed by Renfrewshire IJB of £5.9m – remaining Council
services therefore projecting an overspend of £1.9m.
8.2 There are a number of financial risks which the Council is facing in-year
which have the potential to significantly affect the forecast outturn position
outlined above:
i. Teachers’ pay - at the time of writing this report, the teachers’ pay award for
25/26 remains to be settled. Provision has been made within the agreed
25/26 budget for an award based on 3%. Given the conclusion of the local
government pay settlement at 4% for 25/26, there is some likelihood that
the level of provision made in the Council’s budget for teachers will be
insufficient. Any costs over and above that provided for will require to be
funded from reserve balances in year, with adequate provision requiring to
be made in the 26/27 budget.
ii. Reduced class contact time – the Scottish Government has outlined its
intention to reduce teacher class contact time from 22.5 hours to 21 hours
per week. The Scottish Government have indicated their expectation that
funding available for the maintenance of teacher numbers could be utilised
by councils to achieve this aim, with plans expected to be developed in the
near future. Within Renfrewshire, the funding for teacher numbers has been
baselined within Children’s Services in order to fund existing teacher
numbers; and as is the case with many other Councils, is not available to
fund additional costs associated with reducing class contact time. Officers
in Children’s Service are currently developing plans which would give effect
to the proposal, however early indications are that the additional cost could
be in the order of £3-4 million per annum.
iii. Lifecycle maintenance, public building repairs and Net Zero – as reported to
the Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board recently, there
Page 24 of 230

Page 25

is a forecast £0.5m overspend on public building repairs in 25/26, despite
the best efforts of the service to manage spend within existing resource.
Members will recall that in agreeing the budget for 25/26 an additional £1m
was allocated to this pressure, however this is inadequate in terms of the
scale of backlog and other repairs. It is recommended that Members
consider further increases to this budget as finances allow in future years;
else overspends are likely to remain a recurring issue. The Council’s agreed
approach to delivering on its Net Zero aspirations have been reported to the
Leadership Board, with an initial focus on ‘Heat and Fleet’ to transform the
approach to the provision of clean energy and sustainable travel in
Renfrewshire. Whilst initial investment has been agreed, progressing the
Council’s aspirations further will need to be underpinned by significant
capital and revenue provision.
iv. School transport – members will recall that in recent years this budget has
come under severe pressure as tendered costs increase from private
providers. Across both ASN and mainstream transport provision, an
additional £2.7m has been added to this budget in the past 2 years, bringing
it to a total of £7.3m. The most recent forecast position for the current
financial year outlines a further overspend of £0.8m. Assuming this forecast
position bears out, spend on school transport will have practically doubled
in 4 years, predominantly linked to cost increases rather than increased
numbers of children travelling. This almost 100% increase represents a
significant cost pressure for the Council and it will not be possible to
sustainably continue to fund increases on this scale in the medium term
without other Council service budgets and services being inevitably reduced
as a consequence.
v. Renfrewshire IJB – as has been previously reported to members,
Renfrewshire IJB continues to face significant cost pressures, with the most
recent report to the IJB outlining a projected year end overspend of £5.9m,
broadly in line with their forecast position when the 25/26 budget was set
when they anticipated a need to drawdown this amount from reserves. IJB
officers continue to seek savings through the Sustainable Futures plan, with
a number of service changes being required to mitigate the projected
overspend. This work is ongoing, however the difficulties in securing
recurring savings at the scale required is not to be underestimated. In
addition, based on the report to the IJB in March 2025, it is estimated that
IJB reserve balances will be fully exhausted during the 26/27 financial year –
potentially requiring both the Council and NHS Greater Glasgow & Clyde to
provide significant additional support. Council officers will continue to
Page 25 of 230

Page 26

engage regularly with IJB officers to ensure appropriate visibility of the
forecast position. Members will be aware that in terms of risk scoring, the
Council, and similar to all councils across the country, now has IJB financial
sustainability as its highest financial risk given the potential for this issue to
impact severely and directly on the Council’s financial stability.
8.3 Directors and their management teams continue to try to manage as
efficiently and effectively as possible within a highly constrained financial
envelope; however this is becoming increasingly difficult following 15 years 
of savings delivery at scale and a continually volatile financial environment.
This increased level of financial risk further supports the requirement to
hold a prudent level of unallocated reserves.
9 Treasury management and debt
9.1 The medium term forecast position outlined in the sections above contain
an assumed increase in the funding required to support borrowing which is
a prerequisite to ensuring the Council’s ambitious capital plans remain
affordable and financially sustainable. It will be critical for the Council to
understand not just the capital costs concerned and the risks inherent in
managing these (see section 10 below); but also in ensuring that the
revenue consequences of that investment are affordable and are
appropriately provided for within council revenue plans. 
9.2 Prior to agreeing any capital project; and as has been explicitly approved in
the context of the learning estate strategy, the Council must as part of its
business case gateway process ensure that appropriate provision has been
made in future revenue plans to fund both borrowing costs and any
increased operational costs resulting from capital investment. 
9.3 It is recognised that increased investment in the council’s asset base is both
desirable and essential, however investment decisions must be taken in the
context of the current constrained financial environment. Increases in
revenue support for borrowing will inevitably result in choices between
capital investment and dealing with ongoing service pressures and
priorities. Any increase in property related costs should aim to be mitigated
by an overall reduction in the size of the council’s property portfolio – in line
with the principles of the property strategy. A reduced number of better
condition buildings from which to deliver services should remain the
aspiration.
Page 26 of 230

Page 27

9.4 Members have been advised previously that the Council enjoys one of the
lowest debt to revenue spend ratios in Scotland. The ratio at the end of
2023/24 was 3.1%, falling to 2.9% at the end of 24/25. The most recent
national benchmark data available confirms the average in Scotland at the
end of 23/24 was 5.8%. To be clear, there is no “right” ratio for a council to
work towards – this will be determined by a range of factors around historic
levels of investment, historic borrowing rates, timing of investment
decisions and other non-financial factors such as overall estate condition
and local priorities. Although in Renfrewshire the levels of debt are low
compared to other councils, this does not mean that as a council we have
excess funds available – what the Council is not spending on serving debt, it
is spending on delivering services. This will be very important to understand
moving forward. Given there is a clear aspiration to improve the estate, this
will likely mean less funding being available to prioritise for investment in
service delivery. 
9.5 Creating the capacity to underpin substantial future borrowing will require
a commitment from the Council over a long time to prioritise revenue
capacity as a core principle of its budget strategy. Steadily increasing loans
fund budgets in this way locks-in revenue resources as part of financial
planning to provide certainty of future investment capacity and also
generates short term investment from CFCR contributions in advance of
borrowing need to supplement future borrowing – thereby increasing the
overall capital funding available.
9.6 The Council’s 25/26 budget was agreed incorporating an increase in
provision for borrowing costs of £2.5m; with a further commitment of
similar increases in future years. Setting aside funding at least on this scale
will be a precursor for any decisions for further at scale investment in the
property estate. This is both required over the remainder of the current
Council administration term in order to underpin the proposed £170m
investment predominantly in the learning estate but will also require to
become a fixed feature of the Council’s very long term financial planning
arrangements to secure ongoing investment capacity over the next 20
years. 
9.7 As well as making adequate provision in the revenue budget, the Council
will need to plan for borrowing decisions that ensure ongoing liquidity for
service delivery purposes; but also recognising that we are currently in a
relatively high interest rate environment so the timing of borrowing
decisions becomes important in the context of overall affordability. It is
Page 27 of 230

Page 28

likely given the Council’s current rate of spend on capital projects that
external borrowing will require to be undertaken before the end of 2025.
This will be reported to members through the normal treasury management
strategy update reports to Council and the Finance, Resources and
Customer Services Policy Board. 
10 General Fund Capital Programme 
10.1 The Council continues to deliver its ambitious capital programme,
incorporating the delivery of significant investment in cultural venues and
wider infrastructure linked to City Deal projects and Levelling Up Funding;
as well as major improvement and expansion projects in the school estate.
10.2 Council has agreed its learning estate strategy which continues this level of
ambition over the medium to longer term; with an initial planned spend in
the order of £170m over the initial phase of the strategy. In addition to this,
members will also be aware that owing to revenue spending pressures that
the Council has had a long period of only basic buildings maintenance being
in place. This has resulted in a position where the overall condition of the
estate is deteriorating – most pressingly in the schools estate but also
across other areas of public buildings including the leisure estate. As
outlined above, the significant investment required to address the backlog
will require choices to be made in terms of directing revenue spending
capacity to underpin the borrowing required.
10.3 The scale of investment planned will require the Council to continue to
understand and develop a long term funding model, based on the principles
outlined in section 9.6 above, that will be very significant over a sustained
period. The impact on the Council’s capital programme, levels of capital
reserves, borrowing requirements and debt levels will require to be robustly
understood to ensure strategic investment proceeds at a pace which is
sustainable and which includes financial decision making which locks in
long term financial sustainability, affordability and value for money. Central
to this will be the developing Council view of its appetite to increase debt
levels as a percentage of revenue spend, and treasury management risks
linked to cashflowing such large investments.
10.4 In order to ensure delivery of the capital programme covering both ongoing
lifecycle maintenance and replacement of all councils assets – buildings,
roads, infrastructure, fleet, ICT – requires the Council to ensure adequate
Page 28 of 230

Page 29

management capacity as was the case for the delivery of City Deal projects.
Delivery of schools projects under the learning estate and other major
projects such as AMIDS South will require the Council to continue to ensure
adequate revenue provision to manage the significant delivery and
associated risks of these major programmes. Members will recall that a
£2.5m provision was agreed in closing the 24/25 financial year to fund the
delivery team for Phase 1 of the learning estate programme and a further
£2.5m to underpin the borrowing support required for a major investment
in roads and infrastructure – it is anticipated similar provision will be
required in future years. 
10.5 Members will also recall that in recent years and related to both the period
of the pandemic and following very high inflation; and in some cases owing
to the complexity of the works themselves, Council has required to increase
capital projects budgets on a number of occasions.
10.6 As has been reported to Council previously, as projects proceed and
conclude, contractual claims continue to emerge, while additional costs
have also emerged in relation to unanticipated works required. There are
risks inherent in the refurbishment and redevelopment of historic buildings
such as Paisley Town Hall, Arts Centre, and the Museum. Some of these
were anticipated and financially planned for as part of contingency budgets
to an extent, however in many instances the scale of such risks have been
greater than anticipated and indeed some have only emerged as intrusive
works were undertaken.
10.7 Paisley Museum Reimagined will be a world-class destination telling the
inspirational stories of Paisley’s people and pattern and showcasing its
internationally significant collections. This project includes repairing and
renovating all buildings on the museum campus delivering a 20% increase
in the overall usable area. The construction also includes a new extension
housing a visitor reception and café, the installation of new mechanical,
electrical and plant systems, as well as the introduction of a public
courtyard. 
10.8 An update report to the recent Economy and Regeneration Policy Board
outlined progress with deliver of the project, and also highlighted the
complexity of the build and associated risks. A report to Council in
December 2024 outlined these in detail, however more recent delays have
been due to a combination of factors, for example; unforeseen structural
and conservation issues uncovered during renovation of the historic
buildings (many areas were inaccessible and could not be fully identified
Page 29 of 230

Page 30

until later in the construction programme); complex utility infrastructure
problems, where services were installed incorrectly and unrecorded by
utility companies and required significant rectification and latent defects
which were worse than anticipated from pre-construction surveys. There
have also been significant works required to previously inaccessible areas
that could not have been identified earlier in the programme.
10.9 These substantial delays and additional unanticipated works experienced in
the project have led to significant claims for additional costs from the main
contractor. These claims continue to be worked through with support from
the Council’s technical advisers, and while the Council views elements of
the overall claims to be a contractor risk, there remains a possibility that
should the claims be adjudicated, that the Council could be found liable in
part which would result in additional cost. Council officers continue to seek
to minimise this risk through constant engagement with the main
contractor.
10.10 Council has previously agreed to increase the budget for the project,
sensibly recognising that provision for the above risks requires to be made.
As we approach the end of the main construction works and move to the fit-
out element of the project, further certainty with regards the potential final
costs of the project can be ascertained. In order to address those risks
remaining inherent in the project, it is the officer view that an additional
£4.5m will be required. Members will recall that previous increases to the
budget for this project have been possible due the delays experienced,
meaning that revenue resource set aside in previous years to underpin
borrowing has not been required; and it was therefore agreed to allocate
this funding via additional CFCR contributions to the project. It is expected
that this will continue to be the case for the remainder of 25/26 and a
proportion of 26/27. It is therefore recommended that a further CFCR
contribution of £3.5m from existing resources be allocated to the capital
budget. It is further recommended that £1m of existing unallocated capital
receipts also be ringfenced to support the completion of the project and
allow for a risk contingency allowance. Should this funding not be required
then it would be returned to the capital receipts reserve for reallocation to
other Council investment priorities. This proposed approach to funding
adjustment mitigates any impact on any other aspects of the Council’s
overall capital programme and does not increase the overall borrowing
associated with the project, ensuring the long term revenue impact of
completing the project remains contained within planned revenue
allowances.
Page 30 of 230

Page 31

10.11 Members should remain alert to the fact that major capital investment
projects bring an inherent level of financial risk and further costs may
emerge as they are delivered and contractually concluded. It remains
possible that costs may be incurred in excess of agreed budgets within the
existing capital plan given the scale and nature of the Council capital
programme and growing incidence within the construction industry of
contractors pursuing contractual claims, reflecting the ongoing financial
pressures and volatility being experienced. Where budgets are expected to
be exceeded, appropriate approval will be sought to adjust the capital plan
to reflect these costs with any consequential impact on the overall capital
plan or revenue consequences being clearly articulated. 
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial – the report highlights the scale of the short and medium term
financial challenge the Council faces. The development and
implementation of savings options at pace and scale will be critical to the
ongoing financial sustainability of the Council.   
2. HR & Organisational Development – the medium term financial position
and associated savings plans require to align with workforce plans to
ensure the size and composition of the workforce remains appropriate and
affordable. 
3. Community/Council Planning – the Council requires to remain financially
sustainable in order to deliver on its priorities as outlined in the Community
and Council plans; and these plans in turn require to inform the financial
strategy.  
4. Legal – the Council is legally required to set a balanced budget. 
5. Property/Assets – the report outlines the ongoing strategic property review
which aims to ensure the Council’s property asset base is efficient and
properly maintained. 
6. Information Technology – the report outlines the need to ensure the
Council’s Digital Strategy supports ongoing financial sustainability; with
Page 31 of 230

Page 32

digital developments being key to the delivery of future savings, efficiencies
and improved customer service.
7. Equality & Human Rights - The recommendations contained within this
report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and
human rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for
infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from
the recommendations contained in the report, however the report
highlights the need for the Council to continue to make substantial savings
which may impact on service delivery. Each savings proposal will be
individually assessed for any impact on equalities and human rights. 
8. Health & Safety – not applicable
9. Procurement – through the digital workstream improved procurement
processes including the introduction of purchase to pay (P2P) within
Business World, improved purchasing and procurement will support the
delivery of financial savings.
10. Risk – as outlined in the report the Council’s financial sustainability risk
remains relatively high, with an increased risk in the short term due to the
potential financial implications as a consequence of the Renfrewshire IJB
financial outlook.
11. Privacy Impact – not applicable 
12. Climate Risk – not applicable
13. Children’s Rights – not applicable
14. Cosla Policy Position – not applicable 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author:           Alastair MacArthur, Director 
Page 32 of 230

Page 33

To:           Council 
On:           25 September 2025 
Report by: Chief Social Work Officer 
Heading:      Chief Social Work Officer Report 2024-2025
___________________________________________________________________ 
1.  Summary  
1.1 The Chief Social Work Officer provides an annual update report to Council in
Autumn each year.  The requirement for every local authority in Scotland to
appoint a professionally qualified Chief Social Work Officer (CSWO) is set out
within Section 3 of the Social Work (Scotland) Act 1968.  The particular
qualifications are set down in regulation and this is one of a number of statutory
requirements which local authorities must comply with.  In Renfrewshire
Council the role of Chief Social Work Officer is held by the head of Children and
Justice Social Work. 
1.2 The annual reports of all CSWOs are submitted to the Office of the Chief Social
Work Advisor at the Scottish Government in order that a national overview
report can be produced.  The annual report from the Renfrewshire Chief Social
Work Officer provides a summary of activity relation to the role of the Chief
Social Work Officer during 2024/25 and is attached at appendix 1.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
2.1 It is recommended that Elected Members:
• Note the key activities in the Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report
2024/25.
___________________________________________________________________
Item 4
Page 33 of 230

Page 34

3.  Background  
3.1 The principal role and purpose of the Social Work Service is contained within
the Social Work (Scotland) Act 1968, which gave local authorities the
responsibility of “promoting social welfare”.  The Social Work Service has a
statutory duty to provide care and protection to the most vulnerable people
across Renfrewshire, often meaning that many of our service users do not
engage with us on a voluntary basis.  The role of Chief Social Work Officer
(CSWO) is critical in terms of achieving this purpose. 
3.2 The CSWO is a “proper officer” in relation to social work function: an officer
given particular responsibility on behalf of a local authority, where the law
requires the function to discharged by a specified post holder. 
3.3 The qualifications of the CSWO are set down in the regulations and stipulate
that the postholder must be a qualified social worker registered with the
Scottish Social Service Council.  The CSWO must be able to demonstrate
extensive experience of operational and strategic management at a senior level
within social work or social care services. 
3.4 The overall purpose of the CSWO is to provide professional advice on the
provision of social work services to elected members and officers; advice which
assists authorities in understanding of the many complexities which are
inherent across social work services.  The CSWO should also assist authorities
in understanding the key role that social work plays in contributing to the
achievement of national and local outcomes, to improving local performances
and in terms of management of corporate risks. 
3.5 The annual report to Council, along with CSWO reports from other local
authorities, and now being used nationally to create an overview report. 
3.6 The scope of the CSWO role covers all social work and social care services,
whether provided directly by the local authority, or in partnership with others.
Where these services are purchased or commissioned from external providers,
the CSWO has responsibility to advise on the specification, quality and
standards or service commissioned.  Current guidance for the role reflects the
strategic nature and the particular function in relation to Integration Joint Boards
and Health and Social Care Partnerships. 
3.7 The CSWO has a range of other strategic responsibilities including oversight of
professional standards in social work services, as well as undertaking the
leadership of the profession through Chief Social Work Officer function through
promotion of the values and standards.
Page 34 of 230

Page 35

3.8 Social work services have a statutory duty to provide care and protection to the
most vulnerable people across their local authority area.  Access to the majority
of services is assessment on the basis of need, and social work staff in
partnership with individual, carers, families and communities to meet the need
within the resources available to the service and partner agencies. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
4. Local Government Arrangements 
4.1 Within Renfrewshire Council the Head of Children and Justice Social Work also
acts as Chief Social Work Officer.  As well as the responsibilities associated
within the directorship, as CSWO they retain professional leadership for adult
social work and social care services delivery by the Health and Social Care
Partnership (HSCP). 
4.2 The CWSO has a number of general and specific duties including: 
i. Providing regular reports to Elected Members on the key activities of the
Chief Social Work Officer.
ii. Leading for Social Work on the Renfrewshire HSCP Executive
Governance Group and the Integration Joint Board (IJB).
iii. Reporting directly to the Education and Children’s Services Policy Board
and Renfrewshire Council.
iv. Member of the Council’s Corporate Management Team and Chief
Officer’s Group and reporting directly to the Chief Executive and senior
Elected Members.
v. The CSWO is accountable to the Chief Executive, the Corporate
Management Team and the Council as part of the Chief Officer’s Group
which manages public protection risks on a partnership basis.  Heads of
Service have responsibility for the management of risk within their
respective service areas.
vi. Representing Renfrewshire Council at local, regional and national level.
vii. Chairing the bi-annual meeting of all social work managers from both
Children’s Services and the HSCP.
viii. Management of risk.
ix. Specific Duties associated with the position, the CSWO within
Renfrewshire Council acts as:
• Final point of appeal in relation to Adoption and Fostering decisions.
• Recipient of all Mental Health and Adults with Incapacity Orders and
Guardianship cases; and
• Decision maker in relation to Secure Care application for children. 
Page 35 of 230

Page 36

___________________________________________________________________
5. Activities of the Chief Social Work Officer 2024/25 
5.1 The report attached as Appendix 1 summarises the key activities of the Head of
Children and Justice Social Wok in his capacity as Chief Social Work Officer in
Renfrewshire during 2024/25.  It does not provide an exhaustive description of
the full range of duties and responsibilities undertaken but seeks to provide a
broad overview of the CSWO role.  The report will be submitted the Office of
the Chief Social Work Officer to inform a national overview report. 
5.2 The next report on the activities of the CSWO will be submitted to Council in
Autumn 2026. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
6. Overview Social Work Services 
6.1 The CSWO has a range of duties which are detailed in Appendix 1 to this
report, this also includes detail of demand and provision in those area. 
6.2 The Chief Social Work Officer Report 2024/25 describes the services which are
performing well with many other areas evidencing innovative practice; both
inspired by the creativity of teams with the aim of improving service delivery, or
in direct response to existing or predicted challenges. 
6.3 Social work and social care services are delivered by a substantial number of
staff from statutory, third and independent sector organisations.  Across all
sectors involved in the delivery of social work and social care services,
workforce remains a key focus, both in terms of recruitment and retention. 
Key priorities for 2025/26 
6.4 Based on an assessment of internal and external factors the CSWO has
identified key priorities for the year ahead:
• Continue to effectively discharge our public protection role and working
closely with partners to ensure that vulnerable children and adults live as
safely as possible within local communities.
• Strengthen the approach to supporting children and families in the
community through the implementation of the Children’s Service
Partnership Plan.
• Support the delivery of the Promise in Renfrewshire.
• Supporting the Council to deliver on the corporate and community
priorities.
Page 36 of 230

Page 37

• Continue to ensure strong and positive links between Children’s
Services and Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Partnership.
• Ensure that the voices of children and young people are heard and
included, in accordance with the United Nations Convention on the
Rights of the Child.
_______________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – none 
2. HR & Organisational Development – none  
3. Community/Council Planning – this report details the progress made by the
service- to protect vulnerable children and adults, reduce offending behaviour,
increase community safety, and promote early intervention, independent living
and wider health improvement.  It highlights partnership working, details the
measure which ensure the workforce is skilled and effective and highlights
achievements in relation to support to the communities, customer service and
consultation. 
4. Legal - none 
5. Property/Assets - none
6. Information Technology - none 
7. Equality and Human Rights – The recommendations contained within this
report have no negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement
of individuals’ human rights because it is only for noting.  If required following
implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating
actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will
be published on the council website. 
8. Health and Safety - none 
9. Procurement – none
10. Risk – none 
11. Privacy Impact – none
12. COSLA Policy Position – none 
13. Children’s Rights - none
14. Climate Risk – none  
___________________________________________________________________
Report Author: John Trainer, Head of Children and Justice Social Work/ Chief Social Work
Officer 
Contact Officer is Annie Torrance, Senior Policy Officer
Email: annie.torrance@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Page 37 of 230

Page 38

Page 38 of 230

Page 39

1 
hief 
Chief Social Work Officer 
Annual Report 2024/25 
Page 39 of 230

Page 40

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 2
Table of Contents
1. Foreword ............................................................................................ 3
2. Role of Chief Social Work Officer ....................................................... 4
3. Governance and Accountability ........................................................ 5
4. Statutory Service Provision: Children and Families Social Work ....... 6
5. Statutory Service Provision: Adult Social Work and Social Care ..... 13
6. Statutory Service Provision: Justice Social Work ............................ 16
7. Duty of Candour Statement from 2024/25 ...................................... 19
8. Service Quality and Performance .................................................... 19
9. Workforce ......................................................................................... 24
10. Resources ......................................................................................... 26 
Page 40 of 230

Page 41

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 3 
1. Foreword
I am delighted to present the annual Chief Social Work Officer (CSWO) Annual Report for
Renfrewshire for the period 1st April 2024 to 31st March 2025. 
The CSWO is a “proper officer” in relation to the social work function of the local authority.  As
such, the CSWO is given responsibility on behalf of the local authority in respect of social
work functions and the jurisdiction to discharge some functions in law on an individual basis.
In carrying out my role as CSWO, I am supported by the Director of Children’s Services, the
Strategic Manager for Children and Justice Social Work, three Children’s Services Managers
and the Justice Services Manager.  Within the Health and Social Care Partnership (HSCP), I
am supported by the Chief Officer and the Heads of Service.  
I would like to acknowledge their support in helping me address the delivery of social work
and care services in Renfrewshire.  I would also like to take the opportunity to express my
thanks to social work and care staff for their ongoing commitment to those who have required
support over the past year.  
This report provides an overview of social work and care activity against a backdrop of an
increasingly complex and challenging environment.  Our communities continue to face a cost-
of-living challenge, with social work services witnessing increases in scale of need and
demand caused by households facing financial difficulty.  
This report does not detail all the social work and care activity within Renfrewshire, but rather
serves to provide an overview of services.  It highlights the commitment of our social work
and care staff and the work undertaken to ensure the most vulnerable people in our
communities are provided with the support and care they need. 
John Trainer, Chief Social Work Officer 
Page 41 of 230

Page 42

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 4 
2. Role of Chief Social Work Officer
The role of CSWO was originally designed to provide professional advice on social work
services to elected members and council officers, to assist local authorities in understanding
the complexities inherent in social work and social care services.  The growing incidence of
strategic partnerships across the public sector, whether legislated for or developed through
local joint working, adds a level of complexity to the role of CSWO. 
In Renfrewshire, social work services for children and families and justice social work are
delivered by Children’s Services.  Each local authority is required to appoint a CSWO, an
officer with an appropriate social work qualification, to oversee the functions of social work. 
Social work and care services for adults are delegated to and delivered by Renfrewshire
Health and Social Care Partnership.  The CSWO has oversight of how the delegated
functions are delivered and is active in the Renfrewshire Health and Social Care governance
arrangements. 
In assessing and supporting social work and care staff to deliver the best services possible,
the CSWO meets with managers and frontline staff to discuss their work.  Regular
performance reports are considered at strategic meetings, to identify challenges in delivery
and find solutions for staff and those who access services.
The CSWO is a member of the Council’s Corporate Management Team and the Chief
Officers Group.  They have a key role in multi-agency public protection arrangements and are
a member of the Child and Adult Protection Committees.  The CSWO co-chairs the Equally
Safe in Renfrewshire Multi-agency Partnership and is a member of the Alcohol and Drugs
Partnership. 
“Social work is a practice-based profession and an academic discipline that
promotes social change and development, social cohesion, and the
empowerments and liberation of people.  Principles of social justice, human
rights, collective responsibility and respect for diversities are central so social
work.  Underpinned by theories of social work, social sciences, humanities and
indigenous knowledge, social work engages people and structures to address
life challenges and enhance wellbeing.  The above definition may be amplified at
national and/or regional levels.” 
Definition of social work agreed by the International Federation or Social Workers,
2014 
Page 42 of 230

Page 43

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 5
3. Governance and Accountability
The CSWO reports to elected members, primarily through two policy boards and the
Integration Joint Board (IJB).  The Education and Children’s Services Policy Board has the
remit for matters relating to Children and Families Social Work and the Communities and
Housing Policy Board has the remit for Justice Social Work, as part of its overall responsibility
for Community Justice in Renfrewshire.  All matters pertaining to Adult Social Work and
Social Care are dealt with by the IJB, which has representation from NHS Greater Glasgow
and Clyde’s Board as well as elected members.
The CSWO has operational responsibilities in their post as Head of Children and Justice
Social Work and is line managed by the Director of Children’s Services.  They provide
professional advice on social work functions to the Chief Executive, the Corporate
Management Team and Elected Members.  They also provide professional advice on adult
social work and care to the Chief Officer and Senior Management Team of Renfrewshire
HSCP and to the Integration Joint Board (IJB).  The table below illustrates the range of
structures in which the CSWO participates to inform the delivery of the role:
Structure Role
Council • Corporate Management Team (CMT)
• Head of Service Meetings
• Advice to elected members on social work issues
Children’s Services  • Children’s Services Senior Management Team (SMT)
• Education and Children’s Service Policy Board
Integration Joint
Board (IJB)
• Executive Governance Group
• Standing member of IJB
• Clinical and Care Governance Board
Public Protection  • Chief Officer Group for Public Protection (COG)
• Child Protection Committee (RCPC)
• Adult Protection Committee (RAPC)
• Equally Safe Partnership 
• Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP)
• Community Justice Partnership (CJP)
Community
Planning
• Children’s Services Partnership Board (CSP)
Other Council Policy
Boards
• Communities and Housing Policy Board (for justice services) 
Page 43 of 230

Page 44

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 6
4. Statutory Service Provision: Children and Families
Social Work 
Service Redesign
A comprehensive review and redesign of how the Council organises its services for
children’s social work was undertaken in 2022/23 to 2023/24.  The redesign focussed on
ensuring the service is better able to effectively respond to needs at the earliest stage and
to deliver purposeful and time-limited interventions aimed at keeping more children safely
in the care of their families.  To do this, we needed a service with greater management
capacity, stronger scrutiny and quality assurance, and more resource targeted at early
intervention and family-based supports.  This work has ensured our service is fit for the
future and has the flexibility and capacity to meet new challenges.
This approach also aligns closely with our work under Whole Family Wellbeing which aims
to simplify, streamline and support families in need of support in new, people-centred and
effective ways, allowing them to get the help they need, in the ways they need at the time
it is needed.  
The service redesign was implemented in November 2024. 
Page 44 of 230

Page 45

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 7 
Key aims of the service:
• Reduce the need for statutory intervention by responding to need at the earliest
stage.
• Deliver better targeted and more effective and time-limited interventions to families
in need.
• Keep more children safely in the care of their families.
• A consistently high-quality service to the children and families of Renfrewshire.
• More capacity for management support, scrutiny and quality assurance.
The main changes:
• New management structure. 
• New Social Work ‘Front Door’ including authority-wide Initial Response (duty) Team
and Pre and Post Birth Team.  
• Initial Response Team to be based in Paisley and will deal with all new referrals to
Children’s Services Social Work.
• Move to authority-wide Children and Families Teams to undertake medium to
longer term work with families instead of four separate locality teams.  Children and
Families Teams to be based in Renfrew and Johnstone but will work with families
anywhere in the authority. e.g. Child might live in Paisley, attend school in Paisley
and have younger siblings might have a Health Visitor based in Paisley but the
family will be supported by a social worker based in either Johnstone or
Renfrew.  This will not impact on families’ receiving local services as the Social
Worker will travel to the family and meetings can take place in location suitable for
the family. 
• Introduction of Independent Decision Makers (IDMs) responsible for all Child
Protection and Looked After decisions and plans. The IDMs are independent of
day-to-day case management and perform a scrutiny and quality assurance
function. 
• Dedicated Kinship Carer Support team. 
• Introduction of Senior Practitioner role.
Like any significant change, time is required to embed the change, and we are closely
monitoring our data around new referrals, allocated casework and the numbers of children
who are Looked After and who are on the Child Protection Register to ensure the changes
are having the intended impact.  Early indications are that the implementation is going
well, with the initial response team being very effective at preventing cases going forward
for longer term allocation to the Children and Families teams.   
Page 45 of 230

Page 46

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 8
The newly introduced Senior Practitioner role is viewed as having added value.  These
roles were created on a temporary basis initially to understand if they would be effective, a
plan will now be progressed to recruit Senior Practitioners on a permanent basis. 
Whole Family Wellbeing
Children’s Services are committed to supporting and nurturing our children, families and
communities, through our approach to the whole family wellbeing model.  Progress
continues to be made to develop Renfrewshire’s approach to early and effective whole
family support measures.  The aim of the Family Wellbeing approach is to provide
appropriate family supports focussing on early intervention, and providing opportunities for
children, young people, parents, and carers to shape the services that impact them.  Local
insight has presented a strong case that children and young people’s needs are best
understood and met within the context of their families.
Through the Scottish Government’s Whole Family Wellbeing Fund, Children’s Services is
engaging with partners to develop collaborative proposals to address the needs of
Renfrewshire’s families in a way that is non-stigmatising, community-based, and underpinned
by children’s rights.  There is recognition of the benefit to have services linked and access to
support being in one place. 
Positive learning from the successful implementation of the REN10 mental health and
wellbeing family support service is also being applied to the whole family wellbeing approach. 
The Whole Family Wellbeing Service has seen a rise in the average family wellbeing score
across all measures while the Education Advisor to CAMHS has directly supported over 900
children and families across all Renfrewshire schools.
The Promise
The work and activity around Renfrewshire’s response to The Promise is at a key stage in the
10-year programme, following the publication of the Scottish Government’s Promise
Implementation Plan and The Promise Plan 2024-30.  
In February 2025, Renfrewshire published its Five-Year Report on Keeping The Promise,
marking a significant milestone in its transformational journey.  The report captures
progress, learning, and impact to date, while setting a clear direction for the future.  To
ensure accessibility, it was published in two formats: a comprehensive version for
professionals and a concise, user-friendly summary for children, families, and community
members.  Both are available digitally and have been widely disseminated, reflecting a
commitment to transparency and inclusion.
Children’s services with its wider partners continues to demonstrate a strong and enduring
commitment to The Promise, ensuring that the voices, rights, and needs of care
Page 46 of 230

Page 47

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 9
experienced children, young people, and their families remain central to service design
and delivery.  
Now in its fifth year, Renfrewshire Promise approach has evolved into a mature, strategic,
and community-rooted multi-agency effort.
The Renfrewshire Promise Strategic Oversight Group, chaired by CSWO, plays a pivotal
leadership role in ensuring that The Promise is fully integrated into all levels of planning and
practice across the region.  This group reports directly to the Children’s Services Partnership
and is closely aligned with three key workstreams: the Whole Family Wellbeing Steering
Group, Supporting the Workforce, and the Children’s Hearings Improvement Partnership. 
Each of these workstreams is led by senior leaders from across the Children’s Partnership,
ensuring a strong and focused alignment with both national priorities and local
implementation efforts.
A cornerstone of Renfrewshire’s approach is the Promise Keeper Network, now comprising
over 330 members from across social work, education, health, housing, libraries, and the
third sector. Promise Keepers are trained, visible, and empowered to lead change,
promoting trauma-informed, rights-based practice.  The network is supported by the
Promise Ambassador, who provides ongoing guidance, facilitates quarterly sessions, and
ensures feedback informs continuous improvement.  Post-training support includes
mentoring, co-presentation opportunities, and access to a Promise Keeper Directory,
fostering collaboration and shared learning.
Renfrewshire’s Language Policy, co-designed with care experienced young people,
continues to challenge stigmatising language and promote person-centred communication.
The policy continues to be embedded across services and will be reviewed and updated in
Autumn 2025 to ensure continued relevance.
The Promise Champs, a youth-led group supported by Youth Services, have continued to
thrive. Activities in 2024/25 included the Promise Present Drive, festive events, summer
clubs, and leadership training.  These initiatives provide meaningful opportunities and
amplify the voices of care experienced young people in shaping services.
Promise-funded projects at Johnstone High School and St Andrew’s Academy focus on
advocacy and improving transitions for care experienced pupils. These co-produced
initiatives are informing wider education policy and practice, with learning shared through
oversight mechanisms and national partners.  
The service continues to demonstrate its commitment to workforce development through a
range of innovative initiatives.  One such initiative is The Promise Human Library, which
fosters meaningful connections between care-experienced young people and professionals,
helping to build valuable social capital.  Additionally, a Care Experienced Staff Network is
Page 47 of 230

Page 48

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 10
currently being piloted to offer peer support and contribute to organisational development,
ensuring that the voices and experiences of care experienced individuals inform and shape
workplace practices.
Child Protection
Renfrewshire Child Protection Committee (RCPC) continues to monitor data in relation to
referrals, investigations, child protection planning meetings and registrations.  There were
389 Inter-agency Referral Discussions (IRDs) between 1 April 2024 and 31 March 2025,
relating to 636 children.  Of these, 393 proceeded to a child protection investigation.  
RCPC collects and reviews data in line with the Version 2 of the Minimum Dataset for
Child Protection Committees in Scotland.  The number of children whose names are
placed in the Child Protection Register is reviewed quarterly by RCPC and the Child
Protection Register is reviewed weekly by senior managers from the key agencies. 
On 31 March 2025, the names of 63 children were on the Child Protection Register
compared to 61 children in March 2024.  Of these children, 18 had been on the register for
between 13 and 26 weeks, 12 had been on the register for between 27 and 52 weeks and
2 for more than 52 weeks.  The RCPC Complex Case Oversight Group continues to
review all children whose names have been on the register for a year or more.  As at 31
March 2025, all children whose names had been on the register for a year or more had
been reviewed by the group.
Two Learning Reviews were completed by RCPC in relation to Child 2 and Child 3.  The
executive summary for the Learning Review for Child 3 was published in August 2024 and
the executive summary for the Learning Review for Child 2 was published in November
2024.  Two short life working groups were established in late 2024 to develop
improvement plans for each of the Learning Reviews.  The short life working groups have
representation from the key agencies involved in each case to whom the areas for
consideration apply.  Membership of both groups comprises both children’s and adult
services. 
Both groups are progressing with the development of their respective improvement plans. 
As anticipated there have been some similar themes are emerging in relation to each.  The
groups have both noted that improvement work is already underway which addresses
some of the areas for consideration highlighted in the reports – notably, the development
and delivery of joint child and adult protection awareness training which has been
delivered monthly since September 2024.  Review of single agency procedures has also
been undertaken in relation to one of the areas for consideration for Child 2.
A joint meeting of RCPC and RAPC was convened for both Committees to approve the
draft improvement plans for each of the Learning Reviews.
Page 48 of 230

Page 49

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 11 
Looked After Children Census 
On 31 July each year, local authorities complete a census for the Scottish Government in
relation to the number of children who are looked after, the 2024 data report from the
Scottish Government was published on 22 April 2025.  A summary is provided below;
however, it is worth noting that Renfrewshire operates under the principles of minimum
necessary intervention and “no-order”.  This means that a significant number of children
and families being supported by social work aren’t reported in national statistics.  The
minimum necessary intervention principle requires social work to provide support and
intervention at the right level at the right time to allow children and families to move out of
the system quickly when challenges are addressed and resolved.  The “no-order” principle
means that a children’s hearing or court should only impose a compulsory order on a child
where it is better for the child to do so than not have the order in place. 
Renfrewshire Summary
610 children were looked after by Renfrewshire on 31 July 2024.  This was a reduction of
30 children from the previous census on 31 July 2023 when there were 640 looked after
children in Renfrewshire. This was a reduction of 4.7% from the previous year which was
higher than the national reduction of 2%.
Renfrewshire had the 6th highest number of looked after children in Scotland, As the 9th
largest local authority in Scotland, we continue to aim to reduce the number of looked after
children when it is safe and appropriate.
68% of Renfrewshire’s looked after children were in the care of their own parents or birth
family through a kinship care arrangement, significantly higher than the Scottish national
figure.  Just over 25% of Renfrewshire looked after children were cared for at home with
their parent(s).  This is a higher proportion than the Scottish position.  Almost 43% of
Renfrewshire’s looked after children are cared for in a kinship arrangement.  This is the
highest looked after group in Renfrewshire and again a significantly higher percentage
than the national figure.
Looked after children placed with a Renfrewshire foster carers account for 18.7% of our
looked after population.  Just under 4% of Renfrewshire’s looked after children are placed
in external foster care.  This means that just over 22% of Renfrewshire’s looked after
children are in foster care compared to 32% of Page 142 of 157 the looked after
population at a national level.  Renfrewshire has a lower use of external foster care than
the Scottish percentage (4% compared to 10%).  Our low use of foster care is balanced by
a higher use of kinship care.  This is seen as good practice in ensuring children remain
with a member of their birth family if they can’t be cared for by their own parents. 
Page 49 of 230

Page 50

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 12
Just over 4% of Renfrewshire’s looked after children are in external residential provision
with 3% in our internal houses.  This give a total of 7% of Renfrewshire’s looked after
children being in residential care compared to 11% at a national level. 3.15.  The number
of looked after children in Renfrewshire cared for at home by their parents on 31 July 2024
has reduced by just over 33% compared to the 2014 census.  Over the same period the
number of children looked after in kinship care has increased by 45%. 
The 2024 census shows there were12% fewer children looked after in internal foster care
compared to the 2014 census.  There was almost 79% fewer looked after children in
external foster care at the 2024 census compared with the 2014 census.  This is a positive
impact of Renfrewshire’s strategy to support children in their own birth family but also the
support we offer to our internal foster carers.
In 2020 Renfrewshire had 6 children’s houses which provided accommodation for 48
children.  We presently operate 4 children’s houses which provide accommodation for 22
children or young people.  The internal children’s houses encourage young people to
remain in continuing care and as a result they were fully occupied in 2024. 
The total number of looked after children in residential provision has reduced by 27% from
the census in 2014 to the census in 2024.  The balance of provision has changed from
most placements in 2014 being internal residential provision to most placements in 2024
being in external residential provision.
Children’s social work continues to engage in a partnership approach with the police,
RHSCP, education and other council services to ensure the protection of children at risk of
harm is a priority.  The largest areas of concern pertaining to child protection registration
continued to be parental substance misuse, parental drug misuse, neglect, domestic
abuse, parental mental health and parental alcohol misuse.  By ensuring that robust child
protection procedures are in place, we will protect the most vulnerable members of our
communities, including children and young people who are at risk of harm. 
Page 50 of 230

Page 51

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 13
5. Statutory Service Provision: Adult Social Work and 
Social Care 
In Renfrewshire, the delivery of adult social work and social care services is delegated to the
Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Partnership (RHSCP).  Mainstream social work services
are delivered on a locality basis by two teams – one covering Paisley and the other covering
the rest of the local authority area.  There are also social work services delivered alongside
NHS services in joint teams.  
In 2024/25 there were 1525 adult protection referrals which was similar to 2023/24 referrals at
1527.  The number of adults these referrals related to were 1050, highlighting that 475
referrals (31%) were repeat referrals for adults at risk of harm. 
One of the significant changes from the revised Code of Practice is regarding the recording of
Inquiries and Investigations, where an Inquiry is the overarching process within which
Investigatory powers can be utilised.  This has required some changes in practice and the
recording process to be consistent with the Code of Practice. 
Page 51 of 230

Page 52

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 14
The total number of Inquiries for 2024/25 was 1363.  Of these 792 were completed with the
use of Investigatory powers.  Within these figures, there were 188 inquiries where an
enhanced risk assessment was required - previously referred to an Investigation.  This
compared to previous end of year reporting of 92 investigations during 2023/24.  In all activity
related to Inquiries and Investigatory activity, Renfrewshire complies with the Code of Practice
using Council Officers and the recording is consistent with the requirements of reporting
through the newly established Adult Support & Protection National Minimum Dataset.  There
were 71 Council Officers completing Inquiries this reporting year.
The highest care group of adults at risk of harm who had inquiries undertaken were those with
Mental Health conditions (excluding Dementia) accounting for 374 (27.63%) followed closely
by those with Dementia accounting for 364 (26.7%).  These two care groups continue to be
highest groups where inquiries are undertaken.  Additionally, 51.2 % of our inquiries were for
adults 65 years and over.
The data confirms that the location where harm occurs with 723 (53%) of inquiries is the
adults own home (owner occupied or tenant) and 319 or 23.4% within a care home.  The
location of harm occurring in a care home has reduced slightly on the previous year.  Physical
Harm continues to be the principal type of harm in inquiries with it being the main type of
harm in 371 inquires (27.22%).   
Adults with Incapacity
Demand for Adults with Incapacity (AWI) reports, which require to be completed by a
qualified Mental Health Officer (MHO), remains high for both private and Chief Social Work
Officer (CSWO) applications.  There were 264 requests for AWI mental health officer
reports during the period compared to 250 requests in the previous year.  
PRINCIPLE HARM COUNT OF
INQUIRIES
% OF INQUIRIES
Physical Harm              371 27.22%
Psychological/Emotional Harm 204 14.97%
Financial or Material Harm 174 12.77%
Self-Harm 152 11.15%
Self-Neglect 148 10.86%
Other 124 9.10%
Neglect or Acts of Omission 113 8.29%
Sexual Harm   55 4.04%
Domestic Abuse   21 1.54%
Human Trafficking / Exploitation     1 0.07%
TOTAL            1363  100%
Page 52 of 230

Page 53

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 15
The high rate of local requests can in part be caused by discharges from the Royal
Alexander Hospital located in Paisley.  All request for AWI reports for delayed hospital
discharges are allocated immediately and where appropriate the MHO service will ask for
the use of interim orders. 
Welfare Guardians
Orders where the CSWO is appointed Welfare Guardian fell slightly over the last year,
from 124 in 2023/24 to 102 in 2024/2025.  Each order requires a qualified social worker to
act as the “nominated officer” on behalf of the CSWO for day-to-day management of the
case.  In addition, there were approximately 151 private welfare guardianship orders which
require a minimum of one statutory visit by a guardianship supervisor after being granted.
The MHO Service continues to deal with a high volume of work under the Mental Health
(Care & Treatment) (Scotland) Act 2003. Demands for MHO consent to detention under
the Act continues to rise since the COVID – 19 pandemic and shows no sign of slowing.
MHOs have a statutory role to supervise and review criminally disordered (restricted)
patients alongside a multi-disciplinary team and these procedures are overseen by the
Scottish Government. 
The Mental Health area of work is difficult to navigate as there is no provision for the
number of detentions that will occur at any given time. MHO staff continue to meet their
statutory duties and work closely with the NHS Consultants and Mental Health Teams.
MHOs provide a duty service to consider the need for Emergency and Short-Term
Detention Certificate’s. Following from this the MHOs complete Compulsory Treatment
Order (CCTO) applications and attended Mental Health tribunals as well as multi-
disciplinary meetings. Currently there are 162 long term pieces of work allocated within the
MHO team.
Care Homes/ Large-Scale Investigations
Enhanced clinical and care oversight arrangements for care homes have been in place since
early in the COVID-19 pandemic to support care home staff to keep residents safe.  Clinical
and care professionals continue to have a leading role in the oversight for care homes and
meet on a monthly (previously fortnightly) basis.  Partners remain proactive, as soon as
issues are identified the necessary supports are deployed through clinical and care teams,
who work with partners to improve standards and reduce the risk to the residents.
There were no Large-Scale Investigations (LSI) during the reporting period. Care homes on
the cusp of an LSI were managed under a preventative approach, where RHSCP balanced a
supportive approach with a statutory duty under Adult Support and Protection legislation. The
HSCP was proactive, as soon as issues were identified and deployed the necessary
supports, via HSCP clinical teams.
Page 53 of 230

Page 54

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 16
6. Statutory Service Provision: Justice Social Work 
Our Justice Social Work (JSW) service continues to adapt and practice effectively supporting
the Scottish Government’s “Vision for Justice in Scotland”.  Working to nationally based
standards the service uses evidence-based assessment and intervention tools, working within
a trauma informed and person-centred approach.  JSW monitors and supports some of the
most vulnerable and high-risk members of our communities who have an involvement at
different stages within the wider criminal justice system.  This includes people charged with
an offence, community-based sentences for those convicted and throughcare support for
individuals who have received custodial sentences.  
Our highly skilled and busy practice teams continue to adapt flexibly to meet the council’s
statutory obligations and national policy requirements within a fast moving and ever-changing
landscape. Our justice service works to the national community justice principles of shifting
the balance between the use of custody and justice in the community, where it is safe to do
so.  Essential to this is close and effective collaboration with a wide variety of key local and
national partner organisations. 
Page 54 of 230

Page 55

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 17
Our day-to-day activity continues to evidence an upward trend in almost all areas, reflecting
national priorities and policy direction.  This reflects ongoing measures to address the legacy
backlog of unheard cases in Court stemming from the pandemic, the contemporary
challenges of a growing prison population and the vision to shift the balance to more
community-based supervision, where it is safe to do so.  
Reflecting our resource investment, pre-sentencing activity for 2024 /25, shows significant
increases from last year:
• Diversion from prosecution cases rose by 44%, bail supervision cases also rose
fivefold and the number of same day reports for Court rose by 62%.  
• The service completed 869 Justice Social Work Reports (background reports for
sentencers) in 2024/25. This was 19 more than last year and a significant increase
compared to 706 in 2022/23. 
• There was also a sizeable increase for new Community Payback Orders with 522
made in 2024/25, compared to 450 the previous year.  372 of these Orders included an
unpaid work and other activity requirement, again a sizeable increase from 338 the
previous year. 
There was also significant activity this year in terms of the early release of prisoners and we
anticipate a rise in overall activity as the new Bill settles in.  Similarly, the Sentencing and
Penal Policy Commission has been set up in February 2025.  It is anticipated this will result in
recommendations that will aim to reduce the prison population, particularly around the
remand population and increase community-based options.  This would consequently bring
additional statutory service expectations and activities required for JSW and the Council. 
Funding for JSW comes directly from a “ringfenced” grant from the Scottish Government. 
This year brought a small reduction in the overall grant which brings its own challenges. 
Positively, however it did reduce some double ring-fencing elements which will allow us to
reduce the use of temporary positions and make these permanent.  This offers greater
stability for workers and in planning longer term service delivery. 
This year, for the first time, we also utilised some of the grant for a pilot community justice
grant scheme.  Recognising the value of the 3rd sector, this scheme supports local third sector
organisations to deliver innovative support and learning to those within or at risk of entering
the criminal justice system.  Nationally too, there is work ongoing in partnership with COSLA
about a revised funding formula for JSW.  Any implications are not yet known for
Renfrewshire.
As well as performing well and maintaining all our key duties and responsibilities the last year
has been familiarly busy, JSW has undergone some significant internal changes in both
structure and staff in implementing our service redesign.  
Page 55 of 230

Page 56

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 18
This has included embedding a new senior management team, augmenting our capacity and
resilience with 4 new senior social work practitioners and very recently reconfiguring our
management structure within our Unpaid Work team. 
The Whole systems and RADAR teams are now managed by the JSW service but maintain
their identity and inextricable links to children’s service practice and approaches.  The service
has also experienced some significant changes in staffing across its different teams however
has been successful in its recruitment, which has been a challenge in the last couple of years. 
Despite all the changes, as the statistics above demonstrate, the staff and teams have
continuously practised and delivered very effectively working to a strong core set of social
work and social justice values.  Service stability has remained reassuringly strong. 
At the end of 2024 the service developed its first Justice Improvement Framework.  This will
progress a more structured approach to quality assurance and how we continuously adapt the
service and individual teams within a fast-changing national landscape.  Practitioners and
managers across the service are involved in progressing areas such as workforce
development, measuring what we do more effectively (including service user voice) and
managing resources together effectively to meet the consistently changing demands and key
policy priorities.
Our JSW service also tangibly recognises that women involved within the justice system often
offend differently, for different reasons and consequently require a different response.  It
proudly does this and will continue to do so by providing all interventions through the women’s
service, staffed only by women, from the beginning to the end of their involvement with us. 
We do recognise the building the service is based within is not an ideal setting.  Although this
is mitigated in some way by the team’s flexibility, we will continue to work on ways in which
we can improve upon this. 
Finally, a critical role JSW has is within public protection.  As a key partner, JSW continues to
play a significant contribution within the joint Multi Agency Public Protection Arrangements
(MAPPA) and manages the risks and complex circumstances of several high-risk individuals. 
Alongside key partners JSW robustly supports and monitors them with the central, shared
purpose of reducing the risks, where possible, of serious harm to the community. 
Page 56 of 230

Page 57

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 19
7. Duty of Candour Statement from 2024/25
All social work and social care services in Scotland have a duty of candour.  This is a legal
requirement which means that when unintended, or unexpected, events happen that result in
death or harm as defined in the Health (Tobacco, Nicotine etc. and Care) (Scotland) Act
2016, the people affected understand what has happened, receive and apology, and that
organisations learn from the experience and put improvements in place.  
An important part of this duty is the requirement for organisations to provide an annual
statement detailing how the duty of candour is implemented across services.  During the
period 1 April 2024 and 31 March 2025, there were no incidents where duty of candour
applied (These are unintended or unexpected incidents that result in death or harm as defined
in the Act, and do not relate directly to the natural course of someone’s illness or underlying
conditions).
8. Service Quality and Performance 
Many of the social work services are delivered by locality teams in Renfrewshire or by one of
the specialist services.  In addition, the council and Renfrewshire HSCP (RHSCP) operates
23 services registered with the Care Inspectorate – four children’s houses, three care homes
for older adults, five day services for older adults, five day services for adults with learning
disabilities, one day service for adults with physical disabilities, one residential respite service 
Page 57 of 230

Page 58

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 20
for adults with learning disabilities, Care at Home Service, Fostering Services, Adoption
Services, and a housing support service for care leavers.
The Care Inspectorate undertakes regular inspections of all registered services and indicates
a formal assessment of the standard on a graded scale.  The Care Inspectorate grades are:
• Unsatisfactory – major weaknesses
• Weak – important weaknesses
• Adequate – strengths just outweigh weaknesses
• Good – important strengths with some areas for improvement
• Very Good – major strengths 
• Excellent – sector leading
The Care Inspectorate reviews the following quality indicators when undertaking inspections
by assessing:
• How well people’s wellbeing is supported?
• How good is the leadership of the service?
• How good is the staff team?
• How good is the environment?
• How well are care and support planned? 
Unannounced Inspections 
In the course of 2024 / 2025 unannounced inspections by the Care Inspectorate have been
completed in relation to two children’s houses operated by Renfrewshire Council and one
supported living project for care experienced young people.  
Barrochan Road has continued their improvement journey over recent years; progressing
from a grading of weak in 2022, to adequate with good features in 2024.  Generally, an
assessment of adequate shows that strengths just outweigh weaknesses, however in this
instance the inclusion of good offers encouragement of the house’s trajectory.  The inspection
recognised positive development in systems and their application but felt that there remained
scope for further progression around these to make it operationally as robust and as effective
as it could be.  
To support this, one requirement was directed and three areas for improvement documented. 
These have been incorporated in a development plan for the service to take forward, with the
aim of superseding the current gradings in future inspections.  It is noteworthy that despite the
areas deemed adequate by inspectors, they assessed the criteria of ‘Children and young
people are safe, feel loved and get the most out of life’ as good.  They also recognised
developments since the new permanent manager had come into post, recruiting a vibrant,
enthusiastic and developing team; both areas we would deem to be foundational for future
development.   
Page 58 of 230

Page 59

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 21
Beech Avenue also continues on it’s improvement journey.  Following an inspection in 2023 /
2024 where it was graded as adequate, the team along with external management have
implemented robust development plans to make service improvements.  These efforts
resulted in inspectors grading Beech Avenue as good in all areas assessed in 2025.  They
recognised that the previous requirement and three areas for improvement had all been met
within the identified timescales.  Within this inspection, no requirements were identified for
Beech Avenue and the suggested areas for development have been incorporated into a
development plan to assist Beech attain its aspiration of very good in the next inspection.  
Following both inspections, the CSWO supported the management team to raise issues with
elements of both inspections and their gradings.  Reservations were raised about how the
inspectors approach appeared to differ quite significantly from when they were reviewing
independent and third sector provisions to statutory ones like we provide.  It was felt the
combination of marketing from those organisations and greater flexibility on accepting young
people into their care was not fully appreciated by inspectors and this impaired our gradings. 
Some of these challenges were upheld and we hope that this will help create a better mutual
understanding for us to take our next steps in improvement.  
Renfrewshire Council’s Charleston Square supported living service for care experienced
young people was also subject to review by the Care Inspectorate in 2024.  Again, they were
able to demonstrate positive progressions in our journey for supporting looked after and care
experienced young people.  This service has benefitted from a consistency in management
and staff team who have over recent years taken forward their improvement agenda. 
Consequently, the inspector for Charleston Square graded the service as very good in all
assessed areas, recognising how young people, irrespective of their background were being
supported effectively to achieve positive outcomes.  They were also complimentary around
the structures and systems implemented within the service to support positive practice.   
Inspections of Services for Children and Adults at Risk of Harm or in Need of Support
and Protection.
In 2024, Renfrewshire Council’s Social Work Services for Children and Adults were part of
wider inspections of services for children and adults at risk of harm or in need of support and
protection in the Renfrewshire Community Planning Partnership.  Both inspections were
undertaken by the Care Inspectorate. 
The joint inspection of services for children at risk of harm in the Renfrewshire community
planning partnership area commenced on 8 April 2024 and concluded 18 September 2024.  It
covered the range of partners in the area that have a role in meeting the needs of children
and young people at risk of harm and their families and considered the period 8 April 2022 to
8 April 2024.
Page 59 of 230

Page 60

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 22
The inspection team listened to the views and experiences of 49 children and young people
and 47 parents and carers involved with social work over the 2-year period the inspection
focussed on.  This included face to face meetings, telephone or video calls and survey
responses.  They reviewed practice by reading a sample of records held by a range of
services for 60 children and young people at risk of harm with a particular focus on social
work records. 
The Care Inspectorate provided one evaluation.  This was for quality indicator 2.1 as it applies
to children at risk of harm.  This indicator considers the extent to which children and young
people:
• feel valued, loved, fulfilled and secure
• feel listened to, understood and respected
• experience sincere human contact and enduring relationships
• get the best start in life. 
The report was published on the 22nd of October 2024 and found Renfrewshire’s services, in
respect of quality indicator 2.1 to be very good, one of only five areas in Scotland to achieve
this grade.  This was a very positive report which outlines key strengths in the social work
supports provided to children in Renfrewshire, which included partnership working in
Renfrewshire.  Clear evidence was found that staff were confident in their ability to recognise
and report child abuse, neglect and exploitation.  A reassuring theme throughout the report
was the positive relationships between staff and children and families.  The inspectors
highlighted the impact of trauma-informed and relationships-based practice across all
agencies and services.  Inspectors observed nurturing and trusting relationships between
staff and children and heard that children felt safer as a result. 
The report highlighted a good practice example within the social work service, this was the
Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children (UASC) Team, which was established in 2017,
The Care Inspectorate highlighted the team’s responsive approach which fosters trusting and
sustained relationships, ensuring all UASC held Looked After Child status, a strategic
decision in Renfrewshire to offer substantial opportunities to these young people.  The UASC
Team adopted a rights-based approach, prioritising the young person’s views from the outset. 
They remained vigilant about the risk of re-trafficking and were proud that no re-trafficking
incidents had occurred, attributing this success to their focused commitment and responsive
support.
The joint inspection of adult support and protection in the Renfrewshire partnership area
took place between 18 November 2024 and 18 March 2025 and was led by the Care
Inspectorate in collaboration with Healthcare Improvement Scotland and His Majesty’s
Inspectorate of Constabulary in Scotland.
Page 60 of 230

Page 61

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 23
In line with the targeted nature of the inspection programme, the methodology included
five proportionate scrutiny activities: 
• Analysis of supporting documentary evidence and a position statement.
• Partnership staff survey to seek views on adult support and protection outcomes for
adults at risk of harm, key processes, staff support and training and strategic
leadership. 
• The scrutiny of social work records of adults at risk of harm which involved the
records of 20 adults at risk of harm who did not require any further adult support
and protection intervention beyond the initial inquiry stage. 
• The scrutiny of the health, police, and social work records of adults of risk of harm
which involved the records of 20 adults at risk of harm for whom inquiries have
used investigative powers under sections 7-10 of the 2007 Act. This included cases
where adult support and protection activity proceeded beyond the inquiry with
investigative powers stage.
• Partnership staff focus groups to discuss adult support and protection practice and
adults at risk of harm.
A summary of the key findings include: 
• Renfrewshire is one of only two partnership areas in Scotland to receive ‘very
effective’ progress statements.
• The inspection concluded that “measures in Renfrewshire has found clear
strengths in ensuring adults at risk of harm are safe, protected and supported”.
• It also highlighted a series of positive attributes including, but not limited to, a
"consistent delivery of high-quality adult support and protection work", "energetic
leadership" and a "can-do culture" and the accomplishment of strategic leadership
with elements that were "sector leading".
• The inspectors found that the Adult Protection Committee’s innovative approach to
communicating with partnership staff who work in adult support and protection was
highly commendable including its efforts to inform and promote adult support and
protection, including to the public, were highly successful.
The report also highlighted the following priority areas for improvement which will be
included within the Adult Protection Committee Improvement Plan: 
• The partnership should continue its efforts to improve the quality of chronologies
and risk assessments for adults at risk of harm.
• The partnership should make progress with adults at risk of harm attending their
adult protection case conference.
• The partnership should continue its endeavours to improve representation of adults
with lived experience of adult support and protection, at strategic level in the
partnership.
Page 61 of 230

Page 62

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 24
9. Workforce 
Ensuring our staff are supported in their skills and knowledge development is an essential
component of delivering high quality social work supports.  We have continued to commit to
investing in staff by delivering a range of training opportunities on a single and multiagency
basis. 
We continue to prioritise adult and child protection learning and have completed the review of
our training on these areas to ensure we are offering those who work with children and adults
joint learning opportunities so all staff are equipped to support, assist and protect all members
of families they might encounter in the course of their work.  We have continued to roll out the
national first year in social work practice framework.  This is proving to be challenging in
terms of the expectations regarding completion of mandatory learning tasks and the volume
of additional work this is generating for the newly qualified staff and the managers who
supervise them. Renfrewshire has submitted a letter jointly with other local authorities to the
Scottish Social Services Council and the Office of the Chief Social Work Advisor regarding
this matter.   
Our care at home workforce is a frontline service who support many service users each day. 
This group of staff are supported with tailored learning and require having a national
qualification.  The demand for qualification across such a large workforce continues to be very
challenging with the numbers to qualify over the next two years increasing.  A plan is in place
Page 62 of 230

Page 63

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 25
to meet this demand and ensure our workforce meets the national standards for professional
registration.
The Promise and Trauma Informed Practice, both national policy initiatives are reflected in a
range of social work learning programmes ensuring staff understand and reflect the
developments in their practice.  Innovations such as our Promise Keeper Network develop
front line champions who are leading change from the ground up, partnering with our wider
strategic plan.  Progress continues to be made in both areas.
We have continued to embed virtual learning across our range of learning provision.  This
innovation which uses virtual reality headsets allows staff to approach practice scenarios in a
safe and supported manner, proving a realistic understanding of practice.  A wrap around
learning environment is provided to support learners to gain the most from the experience. 
The feedback from staff continues to be extremely positive.
Social Work Services in Renfrewshire continue to experience challenges in relation to
recruiting to social worker, home care and residential care staff vacancies.  This has been
compounded by a national shortage of social workers and social care workers.  This position
is not unique to Renfrewshire and is replicated across Scotland and the United Kingdom. 
Vacancy levels continue to be closely monitored, and appropriate action taken when
necessary to mitigate associated risks.
In addition to pressures created by vacancies, we have a workforce which is less experienced
due to longer serving more experienced staff leaving the profession.  New qualified and
inexperienced staff require a higher level of support and cannot be allocated the same
complexity of work that a more experienced social worker can undertake.  Workload demands
are considered on a regular basis and action taken where necessary to align resources to
known operational pressure points.  
Page 63 of 230

Page 64

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 26
10. Resources
The figures below show the breakdown of expenditure on social work and social care services
by Renfrewshire Council and RHSCP in 2024/25.   The largest area of expenditure is on
services for older people, followed by services for people with learning difficulties and
Children and Families. Funding for Justice Social Work comes directly from the Scottish
Government by means of a grant.
Services Expenditure
Addiction Services £1,870,276
Learning Difficulties £40,268,066
Mental Health £8,148,086
Older People £88,681,425
Physical or Sensory
Difficulties £16,925,879
Children and Families        £36,230,710   
Justice £3,811,310   
“In social services alone,
and there, not only care
but cure: a worker
assigned
to be with her throughout
school, helping, calming, a
bridge of sympathy
between teacher and pupil,
a dedication not far from
love.” 
From Brothers and Keepers
by Edwin Morgan 
Page 64 of 230

Page 65

Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2024/25 27 
Renfrewshire Council
Renfrewshire House
Cotton Street
Paisley
PA1 1BR 
Page 65 of 230

Page 66

Page 66 of 230

Page 67

To:  Council 
On:  25 September 2025 
Report by: Chief Executive 
Heading:      Renfrewshire Community Protection Chief Officers Group – 
Annual Report 2024/25
___________________________________________________________________ 
1.  Summary  
1.1 Renfrewshire Community Protection Chief Officers Group (COG) is responsible
for leadership, strategic oversight and scrutiny of multi-agency public protection
activity and practice in Renfrewshire.  This includes child protection, adult
protection, community safety, the management of offenders and community
justice, alcohol and drugs, and gender-based violence.   
1.2 The group is chaired by the Chief Executive of Renfrewshire Council with core
representation from the NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde and Police Scotland,
and wider membership drawn from other partners agencies and services. 
1.3 This is the tenth annual report of the Community Protection Chief Officers Group.
It provides an overview of the key areas of work in relation to public protection
undertaken during 2024/25.  It also highlights the ongoing key benefits of
excellent partnership working.   
1.4 The annual report attached at Appendix 1 provides detailed information on
activities undertaken during this reporting period, and highlights key priorities
identified for collective focus and action during 2025/26. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
2.1     It is recommended that Elected Members note the content of the report.
___________________________________________________________________
Item 5
Page 67 of 230

Page 68

3.  Background 
3.1 Renfrewshire Chief Officers Group was established to provide leadership,
governance, direction and oversight to ensure local accountability for all aspects
of public protection.  Chief officers are responsible for ensuring that their
respective agencies - individually and collectively - reflect national guidance, and
that this directs local services to work in partnership to achieve public protection
measures.  The arrangements are comparable to Chief Officer Group
arrangements in other local authority areas throughout Scotland and were
independently reviewed and updated in April 2021. 
3.2 The key areas of activity overseen by the Renfrewshire Chief Officers Group are:  
• Child Protection
• Adult Protection
• Offender Management
• Community Protection
• Community Justice
• Alcohol and Drug Partnership
• Gender Based Violence Strategy  
• Migration and Asylum 
3.3 The Chief Officers Group provides regular reports to the Member Officer Group
which is comprised of elected members on a cross-party basis, and key officers
from the Council and partners.  The purpose of the Member Officer Group is to
provide senior elected members with the opportunity to formally and regularly
discharge their strategic independent scrutiny and assurance role in relation to
key activity and significant developments which have implications for public
protection matters in Renfrewshire. 
3.4 This is the tenth annual report of the Chief Officers Group.  It provides an
overview of the key areas of work in relation to public protection in Renfrewshire
over the course of 2024/25, and in doing so highlights the ongoing importance of
partnership working.   
4. Strategic focus for 2025/26 
4.1 The strategic focus of the Chief Officers Group for 2025/26 was agreed by
members of COG.  The priorities include:
• Protecting vulnerable children and adults
• Reducing alcohol and drug related harm
• Suicide prevention
• Migration and asylum
• Equally Safe
• Homelessness
• COG self-evaluation
Page 68 of 230

Page 69

4.2 The Chief Officers Group will continue to seek to ensure that performance and
practice are scrutinised at a strategic level, to identify what works well, to
highlight any areas for improvement, and to consider where further
opportunities for early intervention and prevention activity would achieve
improved outcomes for local people.   
4.3 The group will also continue to review on an ongoing basis the implementation
of relevant policies and legislation which relate to public protection.
_________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – none 
2. HR & Organisational Development – none  
3. Community/Council Planning – the Community Protection Chief Officers is
embedded within the wider approach to community planning in Renfrewshire. 
4. Legal - none 
5. Property/Assets - none
6. Information Technology - none 
7. Equality and Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this
report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights.  No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations
contained in the report because it is for noting only.  If required following
implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating
actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be
published on the Council’s website.  
8. Health and Safety - none 
9. Procurement – none
10. Risk – none 
11. Privacy Impact – none
12. COSLA Policy Position – none 
13. Children’s Rights - none
14. Climate Risk – none  
_______________________________________________________________
Report Author: Annie Torrance, Senior Policy Officer
Email: annie.torrance@renfrewshire.gov.uk  
Page 69 of 230

Page 70

Page 70 of 230

Page 71

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Community Protection
Chief Officers Group
2024/25 Annual Report
Page 71 of 230

Page 72

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Contents
Welcome      Page 1
Chief Officers Group Membership   Page 2
Member Officers Group Membership   Page 3
Renfrewshire Profile    Page 4
Child Protection     Page 5
Adult Support and Protection   Page 9
Equally Safe in Renfrewshire    Page 14
Alcohol and Drugs     Page 18
Suicide Prevention    Page 24
Community Justice    Page 27
Public Protection     Page 28
Migration and Asylum    Page 31
Police Scotland      Page 33
Scottish Fire and Rescue Service   Page 38
Strategic Focus 2025/26    Page 42
Page 72 of 230

Page 73

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Welcome to our end of year report
Renfrewshire’s Chief Officers Group (COG) was established to
provide leadership, governance, direction and oversight, and to
ensure local accountability for all aspects of public protection. 
Chief Officers are responsible for ensuring that their respective
agencies, individually and collectively reflect national guidance,
which directs local services to work in partnership to achieve public
protection measures.
The COG provides regular reports to the Member Officer Group
(MOG) which is comprised of Elected Members on a cross-party
basis and key officers from the Council and partner agencies.  This
provides senior Elected Members with the opportunity to formally
and regularly discharge their strategic independent scrutiny and
assurance role in relation to key activity and significant
developments, which have implications for public protection
matters in Renfrewshire.
This is the tenth annual report of the COG.  It provides an overview
of the key areas of work in relation to public protection in
Renfrewshire over the course of 2024/25, and in doing so highlights
the ongoing importance of partnership working.
1
Page 73 of 230

Page 74

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Supported by:
• Renfrewshire’s Chief Social Work Officer 
• Chief Officer, Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Partnership
• Independent Chair of the Adult and Child Protection Committees
• Independent Chair of the Alcohol and Drugs Partnership
• Head of Climate, Public Protection and Roads
• Head of Policy and Partnerships
• Adult and Child Protection Lead Officers
• Local Senior Officer for the Scottish Fire and Rescue Service
Chief Officers Group Membership
Key
Areas
Child
Protection
Adult
Protection
Community
Protection
Offender
Management
Community
Justice
Alcohol
and
Drugs
Equally
Safe
Migration
and
AsylumChief Executive Chief Executive / Executive
Nursing Director
Divisional Commander ‘K’
Division
2
Page 74 of 230

Page 75

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Member Officers Group Membership
The group is comprised of Elected Members on a cross-party basis and key
officers of the council as follows:
• Three senior members of the administration 
• Two members of the main opposition group 
• One other opposition member 
• Chief Social Work Officer 
• Chief Officer, Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Partnership or Head
of Health and Social Care
• Head of Climate, Public Protection and Roads
• Head of Policy and Partnerships, Chief Executive’s Service
Also, in attendance as required: 
• Independent Chair of the Child Protection and Adult Protection
Committees
• Divisional Commander, Police Scotland or appropriate senior nominee 
The group will also invite the participation of other key individuals or
agencies involved in the areas of concern of the Member Officer Group as
required.
3
Page 75 of 230

Page 76

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Approximately 189,170
people live in
Renfrewshire, with our
population projected to
continue to grow.
Renfrewshire Profile Life expectancy is below
the Scottish average.
Female life expectancy is
80.6 compared to 80.8
nationally and male life
expectancy is 76.1
compared to 76.8
nationally.
Our population is becoming
increasingly diverse with the
latest census data showing
94.5% of the population is
categorised as white, 2.7%
are of an Asian background
and 1.3% are African,
Caribbean or Black.
Renfrewshire is located
in west central Scotland
and is the 9th largest
Council in Scotland by
head of population but
covering a relatively
small land mass of 270
square kilometres.
The Scottish Index of Multiple
Deprivation (SIMD) assesses 6,976
small areas known as data zones.
Almost 25% of all data zones in
Renfrewshire are in the 20%
most deprived nationally and 2
are within the 10 most deprived
zones nationally.
4
Page 76 of 230

Page 77

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Renfrewshire Child Protection Committee (RCPC)
RCPC is chaired by an independent chair – Tam Baillie – and
meets quarterly.  The key functions of RCPC are undertaken by a
range of subgroups which are set out below.  The Policy, Practice
and Procedures Group is stood up when there is a requirement to
update existing, or approve new policies, procedures and
guidance.  The other subgroups meet quarterly.  
A key priority of the RCPC Plan for 2025-28 is to undertake a
review of the RCPC subgroups.  From June 2025, CAPADU and the
Vulnerable Young Persons Strategic Group will report to RCPC
quarterly.
Inter-agency Referral Discussions
There were 389 Inter-agency Referral Discussions (IRDs) between
1 April 2024 and 31 March 2025, relating to 636 children.  Of these,
393 proceeded to a child protection investigation. RCPC
undertakes multi-agency bi-monthly audits of IRDs with four
cases reviewed at each session.
Child Protection Register
RCPC collects and reviews data in line with Version 2 of the
Minimum Dataset for Child Protection Committees in Scotland.
The number of children whose names are placed on the Child
Protection Register is reviewed quarterly by RCPC and weekly by
senior managers from the key agencies.   On 31 March 2025, the
names of 63 children were on the Child Protection Register
compared to 61 children in March 2024.  Of these children, 18 had
been on the register for between 13 and 26 weeks, 12 had been on
the register for between 27 and 52 weeks and 2 for more than 52
weeks.
The RCPC Complex Case Oversight Group continues to review all
children whose names have been on the register for a year or
more.
Learning and
Development
Continuous
Improvement
Policy, Practice and
Procedures
Complex Case
Oversight Group
Voice Learning Review Vulnerable Young
Persons
Joint
Communications
Group (RCPC and
RAPC)
Child Protection
5
Page 77 of 230

Page 78

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Training
The Learning and Development Subgroup of RCPC has oversight of
inter-agency training.  The training priorities are informed by
training needs analysis and the outcome of learning reviews, the
following training was provided during the reporting period: 
• Joint child and adult protection course for the general
workforce
• Attachment and trauma using virtual reality
• Safe and Together
• Contextual safeguarding using virtual reality
• Child Protection Level 2 and GIRFEC refresher to multiagency
staff who work directly with children and their families
• Understanding neglect and the assessment of care toolkit and
working in partnership with parents and carers to use this tool
to address neglect
Work is currently underway to develop training in relation to
children living with parents affected by severe and ensuring
mental health conditions.
Child Protection
6
Page 78 of 230

Page 79

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
RCPC Conference
The RCPC Conference took place on 9 October 2024.   The theme of
the conference was Collaborative Efforts to Tackle Neglect and
keynote speakers were:
• Graeme Armstrong (Author & Speaker) who presented on
Scottish Gang Culture: The Modern Context.
• Dr Kerry Milligan (Vice Chair RCPC & Public Protection Medical
Lead, NHSGGC Public Protection Service) who presented on
Exploring Neglect.
• June Welsh (National Child Protection Learning &
Development Consultant from CELCIS) who presented on The
Role of Multi-agency Learning & Development.
In addition to the presentations, participants were also invited to
attend a series of seminar.  The conference was attended by 224
practitioners and managers from across the statutory and
voluntary sector.  The speakers were very well received, with all
three rated as “Very Good” or “Excellent” by attendees. 
Learning Reviews
Between April 2024 and March 2025, RCPC agreed to undertake 
learning reviews in relation to two children (Child 4 and Child 5)
and a thematic Learning Review in relation to 16 - and 17-year-
olds referred to mental health services.   All are currently
underway.
Two learning reviews concluded during the period for Child 3 and
Child 2, RCPC published an executive summary of the learning
reviews in August 2024 and November 2024, respectively. 
In November 2024, members of RCPC and RAPC undertook
Learning Review training delivered by Dr Sheila Fish.  The training
was undertaken in partnership with West Dunbartonshire Child
and Adult Protection Committees.
In light of the national shortage of independent reviewers able to
undertake Learning Reviews, the training has ensured that
Renfrewshire has a cohort of individuals who have received the
necessary training. 
Child Protection
7
Page 79 of 230

Page 80

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Joint Inspection Of Services For Children At Risk Of Harm
The joint inspection of services for children at risk of harm in the
Renfrewshire Community Planning Partnership area commenced
on 8 April 2024 and concluded 18 September 2024.  It covered the
range of partners in the area that have a role in meeting the needs
of children and young people at risk of harm and their families
and considered the period 8 April 2022 to 8 April 2024.
The inspection team listened to the views and experiences of 49
children and young people and 47 parents and carers involved
with social work over the 2-year period the inspection focussed
on.  This included face to face meetings, telephone or video calls
and survey responses.  They reviewed practice by reading a
sample of records held by a range of services for 60 children and
young people at risk of harm with a particular focus on social
work records.
The Care Inspectorate provided one evaluation.  This was for
quality indicator 2.1 as it applies to children at risk of harm.  This
indicator considers the extent to which children and young
people: • feel valued, loved, fulfilled and secure • feel listened to,
understood and respected • experience sincere human contact
and enduring relationships • get the best start in life.
The report was published on the 22nd of October 2024 and
evaluated Renfrewshire’s services, in respect of quality indicator
2.1 to be very good, one of only five areas in Scotland to achieve
this grade.  This was a very positive report which outlines key
strengths in the supports provided to children in Renfrewshire. 
The report noted:
“The partnership’s vision, values, and aims were well-understood and
embraced by staff across all partner agencies, including the third sector. 
Leaders were highly visible, communicated regularly, and maintained a
clear vision for service delivery and improvement for children and young
people at risk of harm”.
“There was a well-developed collaborative culture and staff, managers,
and leaders worked positively together across agencies.  Strong
relationships and a commitment to keeping children’s views central
were notable aspects of the partnership’s approach”.
Clear evidence was found that staff were confident in their ability
to recognise and report child abuse, neglect and exploitation. 
The inspectors highlighted the impact of trauma-informed and
relationships-based practice across all agencies and services. 
Inspectors observed nurturing and trusting relationships between
staff and children and heard that children felt safer as a result.
Child Protection
8
Page 80 of 230

Page 81

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Renfrewshire Adult Protection Committee (RAPC)
RAPC is chaired by an independent chair – Tam Baillie – and meets
quarterly.  RAPC is responsible for developing, implementing and
monitoring the strategic approach to the management of the
protection of adults at risk of harm in Renfrewshire.  RAPC is
committed to promoting public awareness of adult protection
issues; to working on an inter-agency basis; and with the wider
community to protect adults at risk. 
The key functions of RAPC are undertaken by a range of subgroups
which are set out below.  There has also been a review of the
membership of the RAPC and subgroups.
Joint Communications subgroup
Although newly established in the reporting period this subgroup
has made significant progress and is responsible for:
• Increasing awareness and understanding of public protection
activity in Renfrewshire 
• Responding to relevant public protection issues highlighted in
national and local media
• Initiating media activity highlighting relevant matters through
proactive work and planned campaigns
• Disseminating information about best practice and learning
arising from learning reviews.
• Utilising  internal communications already used, augmenting
these where appropriate and facilitate increased external
communication on the child and adult protection work in
Renfrewshire.
Joint monthly lunchtime drop-in sessions were launched during
2024/25 and alternate between RAPC and RCPC sessions. These
sessions have proved very popular with staff, formal feedback is
currently being sought from the workforce on the sessions that
have taken place to date.
Adult Support and Protection
Joint
Communications
(RCPC & RAPC)
Learning and
Development
Continuous
Improvement
Operational Managers Practice
Development Group
9
Page 81 of 230

Page 82

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Learning and Development
Multi-agency learning continues to be a crucial factor to ensure
staff are confident and competent in carrying out their roles. The
Learning and Development subgroup has oversight of inter-
agency training.  The RAPC developed an ASP core knowledge and
skills practice framework to support all partner organisations in
the development of a workforce that has the necessary knowledge
and skills in ASP practices.  The training priorities are informed by
training needs analysis, and this is currently underway.
The following interagency training was provided during the
reporting period:
• Joint child and adult protection course for the general
workforce
• Assessment, Inquiries and Investigatory Activity
• Responsibilities of the council and role of the council officer
• Investigative interviewing
Continuous Improvement
Our arrangements have been designed to support the valuable
partnership work which exists to allow continuous improvement
in ASP services across Renfrewshire.  The Continuous
Improvement subgroup is multi-agency reflecting the partnership
approach to improvements and continues to monitor our dynamic
improvement plan and provide scrutiny to audit reports, data and
impact of process changes.
Operational Manager Practice and Development
During the reporting period the multi-agency Operational Manager
Practice and Development Group was established and a specific
remit for generating a live operational leadership agenda and
providing the link between the RAPC, subgroups and operational
staff across Social Work, NHS and Police Scotland.
Care Home Collaborative Support Team Group
In addition to the subgroups, the Care Home Collaborative
Support Team Group provides enhanced clinical and care
oversight arrangements for care homes to support care home staff
to keep residents safe.  Clinical and care professionals have a
leading role in the oversight for care homes and meet monthly. 
Partners remain proactive and deployed clinical and care teams,
to improve standards and reduce any risk to residents.
Adult Support and Protection
10
Page 82 of 230

Page 83

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Referrals and Inquiries
In 2024/25 there were 1525 referrals which was similar to 2023/24
referrals at 1527.  The number of adults these referrals related to
were 1050, highlighting that 475 referrals (31%) were repeat
referrals.  Police Scotland continue to be the highest source of
referral at 20.6%.  Additionally, the number of welfare concern
referrals were 2459 for 2024/25.
The total number of Inquiries for 2024/25 was 1364.  Of these 792
were completed with the use of Investigatory powers. From this, 
there were 188 inquiries where an enhanced risk assessment was
required - previously referred to an Investigation.
There were 78 ASP Investigations completed during the period
2024/25, compared to  92 during 2023/24.
All activity related to Inquiries and Investigatory activity,
Renfrewshire complies with the Code of Practice through the use
of Council Officers and the recording is consistent with the
requirements of reporting through the newly established Adult
Support and Protection National Minimum Dataset.  This has
resulted in some significant changes in practice and the recording
process. 
The data confirms that the person’s home is where harm occurs
with 577 (51.94%) occurring within their own home and 280 or
25.20% within a care home.  This is consistent with previous years
data. The highest care group affected by harm continues to be
those with Dementia accounting for 307 (27.63%) referrals
followed by those with Mental Health conditions (excluding
Dementia) accounting for 292 (26.28%) referrals.
Physical Harm remains the principal type of harm and was
reported in 371 inquires (27.22%).  It continues to be the highest
reason for referral followed by psychological/emotional harm 204
(14.97%) and financial or material harm 174 (12.77%).
Large-Scale Investigations (LSI)
There were no LSI’s during the reporting period.  Any care homes
on the cusp of an LSI are managed under a preventative approach,
where the HSCP balance a supportive approach with a statutory
duty under Adult Support and Protection legislation.
Adult Support and Protection
11
Page 83 of 230

Page 84

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Adult Support and Protection
Adults with Incapacity (AWI)
Demand for AWI reports, which require to be completed by a
qualified Mental Health Officer, remains high for both private and
Chief Social Work Officer applications.  There were 264 requests
for AWI mental health officer reports during the period compared
to 250 requests in the previous year.  The high rate of local
requests can in part be caused by discharges from the Royal
Alexander Hospital, Paisley.  All request for AWI reports for delayed
hospital discharges are allocated immediately and where
appropriate the MHO service will ask for the use of interim orders.
Welfare Guardianships
Orders where the CSWO is appointed Welfare Guardian fell slightly
over the last year, from 124 in 2023/24 to 102 in 2024/2025.  Each
order requires a qualified social worker to act as the “nominated
officer” on behalf of the CSWO for day-to-day management of the
case.  In addition, there were approximately 151 private welfare
guardianship orders which require a minimum of one statutory
visit by a guardianship supervisor after being granted.
12
Page 84 of 230

Page 85

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Joint Inspection of Adult Support and Protection
The joint inspection of adult support and protection in the
Renfrewshire partnership area took place between 18 November
2024 and 18 March 2025 and was led by the  Care Inspectorate in
collaboration with Healthcare Improvement Scotland and His
Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary in Scotland.  In line with
the targeted nature of the inspection programme, the
methodology included the following proportionate scrutiny
activities: analysis of supporting documentary evidence and a
position statement; scrutiny of records; partnership staff survey
and focus groups.
A summary of the key findings included:
• Renfrewshire is one of only two partnership areas in Scotland
to receive ‘very effective’ progress statements.
• The inspection concluded that “measures in Renfrewshire has
found clear strengths in ensuring adults at risk of harm are safe,
protected and supported”.
• A series of positive attributes including, but not limited to, a
"consistent delivery of high-quality adult support and protection
work", "energetic leadership" and a "can-do culture" and the
accomplishment of strategic leadership with elements that
were "sector leading".
• The inspectors found that the Adult Protection Committee’s
innovative approach to communicating with partnership staff
who work in adult support and protection was highly
commendable.  Its efforts to inform and promote adult support
and protection - including to the public - were highly
successful.
The report also highlighted the following priority areas for
improvement :
• The partnership should continue its efforts to improve the
quality of chronologies and risk assessments for adults at risk
of harm.
• The partnership should make progress with adults at risk of
harm attending their adult protection case conference.
• The partnership should continue its endeavours to improve
representation of adults with lived experience of adult support
and protection, at strategic level in the partnership.
Adult Support and Protection
13
Page 85 of 230

Page 86

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Equally Safe Partnership
Renfrewshire’s Gender-Based Violence (GBV) Strategy Group has
rebranded as theEqually Safe in Renfrewshire Multi-Agency
Partnership, marking a renewed and unified commitment to
ending violence against women and girls in line with the national
Equally Safe Strategy.  This transformation reflects a deeper, more
collaborative approach across sectors, ensuring that all partners
work together to prevent and respond to gender-based violence
effectively. 
A refreshed local Equally Safe Action Plan is currently in
development.  It will align closely with the Scottish Government
and COSLA’s key priorities, reinforcing the shared responsibility of
all sectors in addressing this critical issue.  By strengthening
connections with the national Equally Safe Strategy and Delivery
Plan, Renfrewshire’s approach will be consistent with the updated
national aims and objectives.  This alignment will enhance impact,
ensure coherence across Scotland, and provide a stronger
foundation for collective action.
The plan will demonstrate a strong commitment to tackling
violence against women and girls through multi-sectoral
collaboration, addressing prevention, intervention, justice,
education, public health, and intersectionality.
Safe and Together: Strengthening Domestic Abuse Response
The Safe and Together model is a perpetrator pattern-based,
child-centred, and survivor-strengths approach to domestic abuse
intervention.   As a core component of Renfrewshire’s Equally Safe
partnership working, this model has been integral to multi-agency
efforts in supporting survivors and holding perpetrators
accountable.  In addition to providing the one day Safe and
Together overview training and the more intensive four day Safe
and Together Core Training, we have recently piloted a two-day
training which has received positive feedback from the multi-
agency group of participants. 
The Safe and Together Steering Group convenes quarterly to
review implementation progress, ensuring continued effectiveness
and alignment with strategic goals.  Renfrewshire is also an active
member of the National Implementation Forum, reinforcing its
commitment to best practices in domestic abuse intervention.
Equally Safe in Renfrewshire
14
Page 86 of 230

Page 87

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Renfrewshire Council’s Women and Children First Service
Referral trends to Women and Children First have remained stable
over the past two years.  In 2024, a total of 205 women were
referred, including 71 mothers and 134 women with no family.
The number of children referred has remained unchanged at 149.
Women and Children First – Authentic Voice
Women and Children Firstcontinues to place theauthentic voice
agendaat the heart of its work.  The authentic voice group
provides a platform for people with lived experience of violence
against women and girls and other forms of trauma meaningful
opportunities to shape local services with which they engage and
will form part of the Equally Safe Partnership Action Plan.
Thegroupcollaborated with other local survivor groups at
the#BETHECHANGETOO International Women’s Day event.   A
total of24 women attended, including guests fromJubilee House,
Women’s Aid, and Courage.
Renfrewshire MARAC Annual Referral Trends
During the reporting period, Renfrewshire MARAC received 321
referrals, marking a 6.1% decrease from the 342 referrals recorded
in the previous year.  This slight decline follows a notable increase
in the preceding year, indicating that MARAC continues to
maintain a high level of identification and intervention in high-risk
domestic violence cases.  The ongoing effectiveness of multi-
agency partnerships remains evident in the consistent
engagement and response to those most at risk.
Equally Safe in Renfrewshire
15
Referrals for Women and
Children First 2024
Number of
Referrals Total
Women (no children) 134
205 Women
Mothers 71
Children 149 149 Children
Page 87 of 230

Page 88

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Renfrewshire Women’s Aid
Renfrewshire Women’s Aid provides advice, support, information
and safe accommodation for women, children and young people
affected by domestic abuse in Renfrewshire.  It offers crisis
intervention, emotional and practical support, advocacy and
temporary refuge and scatter accommodation.  Support is
provided to women with experience of domestic abuse who are in
immediate crisis and/or danger and those who are seeking longer
term support to recover from the impact of their experience.
16 Days of Action
Services and community groups across Renfrewshire’s multi-
agency partnership actively participated in the annual 16 Days of
Activism Against Gender-Based Violence.  The 16 Days run from
25th November (the International Day for the Elimination of
Violence Against Women) until 10th December (International
Human Rights Day).   In alignment with the theme, “Imagine a
Scotland without Gender-Based Violence,” a series of impactful
local activities were organised to raise awareness and promote
action.  Key events included the annual ‘Reclaim the Night’ march,
providing a platform for solidarity and advocacy.  The focus of this
year’s event was “Empowering young voices in activism”.
To further strengthen professional understanding and response to
VAWG, a two-day multi-agency Safe and Together training event
was also held and new to our training programme, Understanding
and Supporting Autistic Survivors of Abuse.
Independent Strategic Review of Funding
The Independent Review of Funding for VAWG Services highlighted
the weight of unaccounted for investment local authorities make
in mainstream services including, but not limited to, housing,
social work, addictions, mental health, education and children’s
services to respond to the burden of harms caused by VAWG.
Scottish Government and COSLA announced the development of a
VAWG Needs Assessment Tool to identify the specific needs of
those experiencing VAWG and highlight unmet need and gaps in
local service provision.  We will continue to work with the
Improvement Service and the National Network to support testing
and implementation of the tool.  However, without additional
investment from the Scottish Government, this will be
challenging, as highlighted by colleagues in COSLA and the VAWG
Chairs Group nationally.
Equally Safe in Renfrewshire
16
Page 88 of 230

Page 89

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Children and Young People
The Mentors in Violence Prevention (MVP) Programme is
Renfrewshire’s approach to tackling gender-based violence in
schools.  It is a peer education programme designed to give
students the skills and awareness to speak out against issues
which affect relationships within our schools and communities by
adopting a ‘bystander’ approach.
Renfrewshire currently has around 400 pupils mentors across all
of our secondary schools.  Over 400 staff across Children’s
Services, Youth Services, OneRen and 3rd sector organisation have
also been trained.  Our training team now offers training for
colleagues within the primary and early years sectors
Young and Equally Safe (YES) in Renfrewshire is funded through
the Scottish Government’s Delivering Equally Safe fund.  YES in
Renfrewshire aims to develop the existing Mentors in Violence
Prevention school-based programme and link into early
intervention youth work activities in community settings.
Youth Services, working in partnership with Children’s Services
and our community learning and development partners, are
working to provide brave and safe spaces for young people to
explore gender-based violence issues and campaign work to bring
about a challenge to norms.  The project is promoting a positive
social action model through youth work engagement and youth
voice underpinned by rights-based approach. The project is going
into its fourth year, having secured a further year’s funding until
March 2026.
In the period 2024-25, YES has engaged a total of 1004 people (274
adults, 730 young people aged 11-18 yrs).  A total of 125 sessions
have been delivered (45 sessions/events to young people, 42
sessions to 3rd sector organisations, and 38 sessions to statutory
and private organisations).
Equally Safe in Renfrewshire
17
Page 89 of 230

Page 90

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Drug Deaths
In Renfrewshire, there were 46 drug-related deaths in 2024 which
represents an increase of 4.5% from 44 in 2023. 
Drug-related deaths in Renfrewshire, 2014 to 2024
Renfrewshire had the sixth highest rate of deaths per 100,000
population (2010-2024) at 29.1 and above the Scottish average of
19.1.  This is similar to the previous 5-year rate where we had the
seventh highest rate of deaths at 28.9.
Alcohol Deaths
In Renfrewshire, there were 52 alcohol-specific deaths in 2023
which represents an increase of 23.8% from 42 in 2022.
Alcohol- specific deaths in Renfrewshire, 2014 to 2023
The alcohol-specific deaths rate for Renfrewshire for 2019-2023
was 23.7.  The alcohol-specific deaths rate for Scotland for 2019-
2023 was 21.5.  At council area in the last five years, Inverclyde,
Glasgow City, North Lanarkshire, and Dundee City all had
alcohol-specific death rates higher than the Scottish average.
Alcohol and Drugs - Analysis of Current Trends
NOTE: Data for Alcohol Deaths 2024/25 not available until late September 2025.
18
Page 90 of 230

Page 91

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Alcohol and Drugs Needs Assessment
Renfrewshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) commissioned a
needs assessment to provide a population based comprehensive
understanding of need and challenges experienced within
Renfrewshire relating to alcohol and drug use.  This included
scoping existing services and resources in order to support the
identification of gaps in provision as well as assessingthedemand
and capacity needs.  The assessment will inform commissioning
decisions and will identify potential areas for service development
and/or improvement as part of the wider commissioning process. 
Headlines from the needs assessment include the need to address
the imbalanced equilibrium between alcohol and drug provision
and priorities, the need to review current resource allocation and
whether it meets strategic priority areas and an increased focus on
prevention and early intervention.
Renfrewshire ADP will work with partners to develop a local
delivery plan aligned to the findings of the needs assessment and
will organise a key stakeholder event to progress key actions.
Alcohol Brief Interventions
Alcohol Brief Interventions (ABIs) aim to reduce harmful alcohol
consumption using short, structured conversations and are
designed to raise awareness of alcohol related risks and motivate
behaviour change. 
In October 2024, an Alcohol Brief Intervention Practitioner was
recruited and since this time, 70 staff from Community Mental
Health, Community Justice Social Work and Circle Recovery
Service have received training to equip them with the skills to feel
confident and able to deliver an ABI effectively, whilst supporting
early intervention and engagement.
Training sessions continue to be offered to partners across
Renfrewshire.  Renfrewshire has a delivery target of 1116 ABIs per
year with the target being achieved for 2024-2025 with 2185 ABIs
being recorded.  Positive feedback has also been provided by
individuals who have engaged with service.  So far, a total of 12
referrals for support have been linked directly with the delivery of
an ABI.
Renfrewshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership
19
Page 91 of 230

Page 92

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Fibro scan Pilot
The first fibro scan clinic was established in December 2024 as a
joint pilot community outreach initiative which is run by Alcohol
and Drug Recovery Service (ADRS) along with liver nurses from the
Royal Alexandra Hospital.  The clinic is designed to increase
detection and identification of early liver disease/fibrosis or
undiagnosed cirrhosis. 
So far, 5 clinics have taken place resulting in 38 individuals
receiving fibro scans, 21% of the scans carried out have resulted in
referrals to the consultant out-patient clinic with 6 referrals being
urgently referred for intervention.   A further 21% have been
allocated a review appointment and scan in 1 year, along with
advice on lifestyle and given verbal and written information on
alcohol-related liver disease.
Public Health Scotland has recently reported that the number of
people with chronic liver disease in Scotland is projected to
increase by 54% by 2044 and without effective prevention and
early intervention like this pilot, alcohol harms will continue to
impact services and devastate lives in the future.
MAT standards in Scotland are evidenced-based standards to
enable the consistent delivery of safe, accessible, high-quality
drug treatment.  Renfrewshire Alcohol and Drug Recovery Service
has been praised by Public Health Scotland for their ongoing hard
work and commitment, demonstrating year on year sustained
improvements in standards of care, stating  it is “a reflection of the
consistent levels of innovation, hard work, and sharing of good
practice by local teams.”  Renfrewshire’s performance has been
charted from the introduction of the standards in 2022 until 2025.
Provision of Naloxone Kits
Renfrewshire’s proactive approach to the distribution of Naloxone
and training reflects commitment to reducing the number of drug
related deaths.  In Renfrewshire, services provided 1,023 Take
Home Naloxone kits, a life-saving medicine that reverses an opioid
overdose, to people in our communities in 2024/25 (662 in 23/ 24). 
The recommended annual provision should be 9-20 times the
number of opioid related deaths, so this is well in excess of the
2024/25 target of 740. 
Renfrewshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership
20
Page 92 of 230

Page 93

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Increasing Awareness of Alcohol and Drugs in Renfrewshire
Partners worked collaboratively to develop and deliver a series of
events and awareness raising campaigns including:
• A week-long Christmas Campaign to promote harm reduction,
raise awareness about alcohol and drug recovery services, and
support local communities during the festive season. The
campaign engaged with various community partners,
distributed care bags, and included media outreach to amplify
its message. It demonstrated the power of community
collaboration and media engagement in promoting harm
reduction and raising awareness about recovery services.
• Renfrewshire Alcohol and Drug Recovery Service ‘Open Day’
enabled local people and staff to visit and find out more about
local services and provide harm reduction information. 
• The Harm Reduction Response Team visited several local
communities to promote the service and to deliver key harm
reduction messages.
• During Alcohol Awareness Week, a range of community
discussions on alcohol-related harm were undertaken, aiming
to foster open conversations and support alternative choices.
• On International Overdose Awareness Day, a series of
information hubs were set up across Renfrewshire providing
local people with an opportunity to learn more about services
and receive Naloxone training.  On the day, 12 naloxone kits
were supplied.  Afterwards. there was a short procession to
Paisley Abbey where stories of recovery were shared from
those with lived/living experience, as well as a short poem.   In
the evening, buildings and landmarks across Renfrewshire and
the world were lit up purple in remembrance to remember
those who have lost their lives.
Renfrewshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership
21
Page 93 of 230

Page 94

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Alcohol and Drugs Change Programme
The Alcohol and Drugs Change Programme has been drawing to a
close over 2024/2025, with most projects now completed or moved
into mainstream provision, either in whole or in part, including:
Harm Reduction Response Team (HaRRT)
This Service is delivered through a mobile unit, which has been
situated in specific areas in relation to near fatal overdoses and
suspected drug deaths.  HaRRT plays a key role in supporting
individuals who may not be in contact with other services,
providing access to harm reduction advice, equipment, and
services, to support their health, safety and wellbeing.  This Service
is currently transitioning to a commissioned service model, with a
tender process taking place in early 2025.
Trauma Informed and Responsive Renfrewshire
Whilst the initial focus of our trauma programme was in relation to
alcohol and drugs, its scope was widened to become our
overarching Trauma Informed and Responsive Renfrewshire
Programme (TIRR).   Delivery of the programme is set out in our
Road Map, which was approved by elected members in February
2024. 
Awareness-raising and training sessions have taken place with over
300 staff to date.  The National Trauma Transformation
Programme has provided opportunities to build networks and
share good practice.  Progress with the TIRR programme will
continue to be reported through the Fairer Renfrewshire Sub-
Committee.
MyLA (My Life Ahead)
This housing-led project has been delivered in partnership with
Turning Point Scotland and provides support for individuals and
families in Renfrewshire whose daily lives are impacted by drug
and/or alcohol use and require wraparound support to sustain, or
access settled housing.  For those supported by MyLA there have
been positive outcomes emerging in terms of reduction in
alcohol/drug use; people being supported to successfully access
settled housing and the specialist services they require; those with
a history of non-engagement now working positively with the MyLA
team.
22
Page 94 of 230

Page 95

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Safeguarding Vulnerable Young People Partnership
Programme - Schools
This project has provided targeted support in a Renfrewshire
school with pupils experiencing significant challenges and are
identified as at risk of missing out on education.   A Principal
Teacher was recruited to provide enhanced pastoral support, to
those who may be experiencing issues relating to alcohol and/or
drug use (own or parental), and poor mental health, with the aim
to improve outcomes relating to attendance, exclusions, and
health and wellbeing.
Alcohol and Substance Awareness Education Resources
Alcohol and Substance Awareness Educational resources were
developed for use in nursery, primary, and secondary settings, and
continue to be accessed by schools across Renfrewshire.  The
packs were produced by I Am Me Scotland, Renfrewshire
Children’s Services, teachers, Police Scotland, NHS, Renfrewshire
HSCP and, most importantly, children, young people, and those
who have lived experience of drug and alcohol use.  These packs
continue to be utilised across Renfrewshire schools, as well as by
wider partners across Scotland.
Stigma/Language Matters 
I Am Me were commissioned to develop an interactive Stigma
Awareness training package aiming to improve the understanding,
awareness, and confidence of the workforce in relation to
stigmatising language around alcohol and drugs, and the impact
of stigma on individuals and communities.  The resources have
been co-developed with people who have lived and living
experience of drug and alcohol use and recovery.  As part of the
Connected Communities Programme, this training aims to align
with other current and emerging pieces of work, such as Making
Every Contact Counts.
Alcohol and Drugs Change Programme
23
Page 95 of 230

Page 96

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
East RenfrewshireShetland IslandsMidlothianStirlingAberdeen CityCity of EdinburghRenfrewshireEast DunbartonshireDumfries and GallowayWest LothianAberdeenshireEast LothianSouth Ayrshire FifeSouth LanarkshireScotlandWest DunbartonshireScottish BordersAngusGlasgow CityFalkirkClackmannanshireInverclydeArgyll and ButeNorth LanarkshireNorth AyrshirePerth and KinrossNa h-Eileanan Siar MorayEast AyrshireOrkney Islands HighlandDundee City
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0
95%
Confidence
Interval
Rate
In Renfrewshire, there were 19 probable suicides in 2023, a
decrease from 33 in 2022.  In the same period, there were 792
probable suicides registered in Scotland, an increase of 30 from
the previous year.
Probable Suicides in Renfrewshire, 2014 to 2023
For the period 2019-2023, Renfrewshire had the seventh lowest
rate of deaths per 100,000 population at 12.4.  This was below
the Scottish average of 14.1.
Age-standardised mortality rates of suicide deaths
by council area, 2019-2023
Suicide Prevention: Probable Suicides - Analysis of Current Trends
NOTE: Data for 2024/25 not available until mid September 2025.
24
21
16
23
13
16
22
25
33
19
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023
24
Page 96 of 230

Page 97

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Suicide Prevention
The Renfrewshire Strategic Suicide Prevention Group
The multi-agency group has been meeting regularly and has
developed a local suicide prevention strategy and action plan.
Our aim is to reduce the rates of suicide and self-harm within
Renfrewshire and the key objectives and priority areas include:
• Collating and understanding local suicide related data.
• Delivering training and support for staff and local people.
• Supporting those who have been impacted by suicide or suicide
attempts.
• Implementing early intervention and prevention approaches.
• Developing a culture of collaboration and learning.
• Improving communication and awareness raising about suicide
prevention and how to access available resources.
• Including the voice of lived experience.
Data Analysis Subgroup
The subgroup has now been established, and local data is being
collated and analysed to develop an understanding of the local
context.  Those deaths by suicide who are known to services will
be formally reviewed through existing processes, while those
deaths not  known to services are now being informally reviewed
by the co-chairs of this group. 
Training Subgroup
The Choose Life Service Co-Ordinator continues to deliver
Courses in Mental Health awareness, suicide intervention and
self-harm awareness.  These courses are found to increase the
confidence of the workforce to have conversations with people
who are having thoughts of suicide.
Further updates from the subgroup include:
• An increase in the pool of trainers for safeTALK (suicide
alertness for everyone) and ASIST(Applied Suicide Intervention
Skills Training).
• Introduction of the ‘Wave after Wave’ course which aims to
explore the nature of bereavement by suicide and is for
anyone who supports people who have been bereaved by
suicide.
• Supporting and delivering a training programme for pupil
support staff and establishing policy and guidance that sits
within every education establishment.  This has resulted in an
increase in pupil  support staff trained in ASIST from 2 staff in
2020 to over 180 in 2025.  Numbers are similar for staff
attending training in self-harm awareness.
25
Page 97 of 230

Page 98

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Suicide Prevention
Ensure early intervention for those most at risk of having
thought of suicide
Distress Brief Interventions (DBI) – RAMH have been commissioned
by Renfrewshire to deliver DBI on the HSCPs behalf.  There is an
implementation plan underway to facilitate the referral process
and pathways to support DBI.  The main priority is to ensure police
officers have received level 1 induction which allow them to refer
direct to RAMH for a level 2 intervention to be delivered.
The Community Safety Service daily hub meeting provides a
platform for mental health referrals to be made direct and
provides a clear pathway for communication between Police
Scotland and health care professionals by identifying those within
the community who are at risk due to their mental health.  This
process allows the concerns raised to be addressed in a timely
manner and supporting a positive outcome and reducing the calls
to Police Scotland.
Examples of partnership working arising from the Strategic Group
including HSCP, Police and RAMH colleagues completed work to
issue information to front line officers on what services available
locally: 
• During December and January there was social media
signposting for people within the community, which generated
multiple shares locally.
• 200 front line officers in Renfrewshire briefed on ‘this is for you’
cards produced by RAMH on local resource as well the
‘connected and caring’ card.  The officers now have those
resources digitally on their electronic notebooks and if they
engage with an individual in mental health crisis, the
individual can scan a QR code for ‘this is for you’ card.  There is
no direct referral mechanisms into the local or national
support however officers now have the ability to signpost to
agencies that can offer support.
26
Page 98 of 230

Page 99

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Supporting people liberated from custody
Work has progressed with partners to understand the range of
support available to people liberated from custody and how and
when it can be accessed.  This has helped identify areas of good
practice where learning and approaches can support broader
improvement. 
Early work has been progressed to improve the coordination of
people leaving custody through multi-agency pre-release
planning meetings.  These will allow a range of key services to
target resources to those most in need and improve links with
third sector supports.
Third sector
Renfrewshire’s third sector plays an important role in supporting
the most vulnerable in our communities, including our justice-
experienced population.  This year, Community Justice
Renfrewshire piloted a grant scheme to create capacity within
local third sector organisations to undertake specific work with
people who have offended. 
Seven projects have been funded to deliver over the course of
2025/26, providing participants with opportunities to connect
with others, learn new skills and improve their confidence. 
Projects will also service as examples to other third sector
organisations who have to potential to work in a more focused
way with this client group.
Client engagement
We have engaged creative means to capture the experience of
people who are subject to justice social work supervision,
providing valuable insight into what works well and what could
be improved to maximise opportunities for rehabilitation and
reintegration.  Our approaches included participatory
photography, providing justice clients with training to capture
their thoughts, experiences and aspirations through
photographs. 
Community Justice
27
Page 99 of 230

Page 100

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
CONTEST
Following its revision by the Scottish Government Strategic Board
it has been agreed that there will be a three-year Local CONTEST
Delivery Strategy for each local authority.
PREVENT
The Council’s Prevent Annual Assurance Statement has been
completed with input from relevant Council Services and Partner
Agencies.  Feedback from the Home Office shows the following
strengths were identified:
• Senior oversight and Prevent partnership – there are strong
governance structures in place to ensure the Local Authority
senior management is well informed and Prevent features in
multiple organisational and multi-agency forums allowing for
appropriate reporting.
• Training – Prevent training is mandatory for all staff and
hosted on the Local Authority learning platform ensuring the
workforce is aware of their statutory duty.
• Referral pathway – there is clear information available to staff
about how to put a referral in utilising internal web pages and
an external webpage to direct members of the public on how
to report concerns.  This includes contact details for the Local
Authority.
The process also identified some areas for the Council to work on
going forward,  i.e. formalising arrangements in relation to venue
hire and further enhancing risk assessment methods.
Serious Organised Crime and Trading Standards-
Tobacco and Nicotine Vapour Products (NVPs)
The sale and supply of single-use nicotine vapour product
(vapes) will be prohibited in Scotland from June 1, 2025. 
This ban applies to both in-store and online sales.  Local Trading
Standards teams will enforce the ban in Scotland.
Work around the supply of illicit Tobacco and illegal Nicotine
Vapour Products (NVPs or Vapes) continues to be the focus of the
Trading Standards & Licensing team and enforcement visits were
conducted, utilising the tobacco detection dog as part of
Operation CECE; part of a UK-wide partnership initiative between
HMRC and Trading Standards services, to remove illicit tobacco
products from the marketplace.  Renfrewshire Trading Standards
also led on a national project investigating the prevalence of - and
detriment caused by – short weight solid fuel products.  The cost-
of-living crisis has increasingly seen citizens investigate and use
alternative sources of energy as gas and electricity prices have
increased.
Public Protection
28
Page 100 of 230

Page 101

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Community Safety
Firework Control Zones
A multi-agency group meeting, consisting of Police Scotland,
Scottish Fire and Rescue as well as representatives from a
number of Council Services, was convened in early March 2025
to consider applications from communities where they were
requesting a Firework Control Zone is implemented.  Of the six
applications received, only one was competent to be
considered by the group.  It was agreed by all group members
that the application did not present evidence to support the
implementation of a control zone and was rejected.
Operation Moonbeam
Officers from across the Community Safety Partnership were
engaged in a number of support activities under the banner of
Operation Moonbeam on Bonfire Night.
Pavement Parking
Enforcement of the Pavement Parking ban commenced on the
1 April 2025 with this being driven by community intelligence, in
addition to Community Support Officers dealing with incidents
which they come across during their regular patrols.
Food Alert – For Action
Officers from across Public Protection assisted the Environmental
Health Team in carrying out inspections for counterfeit vodka
across Renfrewshire businesses, following the issue of a Food Alert
For Action (FAFA) by Food Standards Scotland.  This action
followed an intelligence led operation by the Scottish Food Crime
and Incidents Unit (SFCIU) at Food Standards Scotland (FSS).
XL Bullies
The designation of XL Bully type dogs as a banned breed under
the Dangerous Dogs Act 1991 came into full effect on 31 July 2024
whereby owners wishing to keep their dogs must have applied for
a Certificate of Exemption in advance of this date.   A local
Renfrewshire protocol was developed in conjunction with Police
Scotland to address how XL Bully dog enquiries/incidents will be
managed.
Service Reviews
The Community Support Service (Warden Service) and the
Council’s Public Space CCTV operations were subject to review,
which is still ongoing.  These reviews will ensure that the services
are aligned with current service demand.
Public Protection
29
Page 101 of 230

Page 102

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
NHSGGC Public Protection Service
Significant progress has been made in implementing the NHS GGC
Public Protection Strategy – Safeguarding it Matters to Us 2023-
2026.  The strategy delivery plan ensures a focus across our
agreed objectives and highlights NHS GGC's commitment to
protecting vulnerable populations through strategic leadership,
multiagency collaboration, workforce development, digital
innovation, and continuous learning from incidents and reviews.
The performance of the delivery plan, including risks, is monitored
through the NHS GGC Public Protection Forum and reported to
the Corporate Management Team to the Board via the Clinical and
Care Governance Committee.  Six-monthly updates are reported
to the Chief Officers Group. 
Key achievements include:
E-Health - The Public Protection Service, in collaboration with the
eHealth Development and Informatics team, has developed an
improvement bundle to support the implementation of key
deliverables outlined in our Public Protection Strategy Delivery
Plan.  Efforts continue to transform data capture and manage IRD
pathway requirements across NHS GGC, utilising Microsoft
PowerApps as the key technology.   Progress has also been made
in creating an online database capable of capturing, monitoring,
and reporting mandatory and professional training requirements
in alignment with NHS GGC’s Public Protection Quality Assurance
Framework.  Following a successful pilot in Renfrewshire, Child
Protection alerts have now been added to Trakcare for children on
the Child Protection Register.  This has been greatly received by
acute colleagues to help identify vulnerable children.
Adult IRDs - A pilot for adult IRDs began in March 2025 with
Glasgow City HSCP, initially aiming for 10 IRDs per week. 
However, actual numbers have been lower.  The pilot was
extended by three months to gather more data for evaluation,
including practitioner surveys and case file reviews.  Preliminary
results are positive: agencies value early information sharing and
collaborative decision-making, and all cases have had effective
follow-up plans.  The majority of referrals come from Police
Scotland, with sexual abuse, emotional abuse, and self-neglect
being the primary concerns.  Single agency investigations are the
most prevalent outcome.
SCI Gateway update - After a successful pilot in Renfrewshire, SCI
Gateway has been developed to support the submission of
Notification of Concerns (NOCs) and Adult Protection 1 (AP1)
referrals for GPs across all six Health and Social Care Partnerships
in NHS GGC.  This has significantly improved the quality and
governance of NOCs and AP1s being submitted by GPs.
Public Protection
30
Page 102 of 230

Page 103

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Governance
The pace at which asylum dispersal and refugee resettlement has
taken place in Renfrewshire since 2022 has been significant, and
beyond anything experienced previously.   As a result, the
Migration and Resettlement Strategic Group was established
which has enabled regular and routine information sharing, and
the identification and rapid response to issues as they emerge.
Resettlement Team
The Council has a Resettlement Team that has now been in place
over the past 10 years.  The team support people who have come
to Renfrewshire over this period through different refugee
schemes such as through the Syrian and Afghan schemes, and
more recently through the Ukraine support schemes.
Asylum Dispersal
The Council regularly meets with representatives from the Home
Office, Mears and Migrant Help in relation to people being
supported through the asylum process in Renfrewshire.  Whilst
the Council has no direct role to play in terms of support during
the process, there is a core focus on safeguarding issues,
community support and cohesion.
Afghan Resettlement Programme
From March 2025, the Afghan Resettlement Programme (ARP)
merges together two existing schemes for Afghan nationals:
• The Afghan Relocations and Assistance Policy (ARAP)
• The Afghan Citizens Resettlement Scheme (ACRS)
The UK Government intends to support approximately 7,000
Afghan nationals for a period of 3 years, with “transition
accommodation” to be utilised from April 2025 and it is
anticipated that this will mean in the region of 660 Afghan
nationals coming to Scotland.  
Local partners  are involved in national discussions and a small
number of families have resettled in Renfrewshire through these
programmes to date.
Migration and Asylum
31
Page 103 of 230

Page 104

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children (UASC)
A UASC team within Children’s Social Work has been
established in recent years, with over 40 young people
currently being supported by the team.  Renfrewshire may be
asked to support children and young people through the
national transfer scheme that has been put into place, or there
may also be spontaneous arrivals.
The Home Office indicates there remains significant pressure
on the number of UASC in the UK and there is a possibility that
the allocation to individual authorities will increase.  Significant
pressures remain in Renfrewshire in terms of the support to
unaccompanied asylum-seeking children.
Migration and Asylum
32
Page 104 of 230

Page 105

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Police Scotland, Renfrewshire Performance
Incidents
Recorded
Common
Assault
Overall
Dishonesty
Domestic
Abuse
Overall
Violent Crime
Sexual
Crime
Missing
People
Housebreaking
Road Traffic
Casualties
Disorder
Complaints
Unless otherwise stated, all data provided within this report is for the period 1 April 2024 - 29 February 2025, with comparisons made against the same period in
the 2023/2024 period. All statistics are provisional and should be treated as management information. All data have been extracted from Police Scotland internal
systems and are correct as at 23 March 2025.
- 2.1% + 0.7% + 3.7%
+ 1.5%
- 2.3%+ 6.7% + 0.1%- 8.7%
+ 2.2% + 52%
47,063 1,652 3,386 1,906 189 5,572
400 142 872
1,808
Total Crime
+ 2.9%
13,577
Page 105 of 230

Page 106

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Police Scotland
Violence
Recorded violent crimes in Renfrewshire increased by 0.1%
compared to the previous year, totalling 1,808 crimes, with the
majority (over 91%) of recorded crimes of violence being common
assault (including against emergency workers).   Almost 70% of
these involved assault to no injury to victims.  Meanwhile, crimes of
serious violence (including serious assault, robbery, attempted
murder and murder) collectively fell by almost seven percent on the
previous year, with 11 fewer victims.  While Paisley Northwest
continues to be the multi-member ward in which the highest
number of recorded crimes of violence occur, continued multi-
agency collaboration focused on reducing violence and disorder,
has contributed to a decrease of over seven percent in recorded
violence in this area.
Weapons Offences
A total of 379 offensive / bladed weapons offences were recorded in
Renfrewshire during the reporting period, marking a 31.6% increase
on the previous year.  The detection rate for weapon-related crimes
rose from 79.8% to 83.1%, with a proactive approach to tackling the
issue of weapon-carrying leading to a 39% increase in the number
of detections for these crimes.
Police in Renfrewshire continue to work with partners to educate
young people about the risks and consequences of carrying
weapons, as well as to divert them away from criminal activity.
Disorder and Antisocial Behaviour (ASB)
Recorded crimes of damage and reckless conduct in Renfrewshire
fell by 5.6% compared to the previous year, with vandalism seeing a
reduction of nearly nine percent.  Crimes of wilful fireraising have
increased by nearly 26%, with 117 crimes (+24 on 2023/24 figures). 
However, the detection rate improved significantly, rising from
19.4% last year to 45.3% in the current reporting period.  A
significant proportion (approximately one-third) of wilful fireraising
crimes involved wheelie bins being set alight, with these crimes
usually being linked to youth disorder.
Public-reported incidents of ASB and disorder dropped by 2.3%,
with 5,572 incidents recorded.  Police in Renfrewshire continue to
engage in a multiagency response to ASB, building on the proactive
work carried out through the Partnership Hub and ensuring
effective plans are in place to address community risks in
Renfrewshire.
34
Page 106 of 230

Page 107

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Police Scotland
Hate Crime
During the reporting period, 362 hate crimes were recorded in
Renfrewshire, with a detection rate of 65.7%.  Race continues to be
the most targeted protected characteristic, featuring in 57% of
recorded hate crimes in Renfrewshire.  Threatening and abusive
behaviour and hate aggravated conduct (including stirring up
hatred) are the most commonly reported hate crimes.  Other
reported hate crimes include common assault, vandalism,
domestic abuse and breach of the peace.  At least 18% of victims of
hate crimes in Renfrewshire were Police Officers.
Sexual Crime
400 sexual crimes were recorded in Renfrewshire in the reporting
period - an increase of 1.5% on the previous year (394).  While
contact offences fell by approximately 19%, non-contact offences
increased by nearly 32% - with many of these being cyber-enabled
sexual offences such as indecent communications or sending
indecent images.  Almost a third of sexual crimes recorded involved
non-recent reporting, with specific challenges associated with the
investigation and detection of such crimes, due to the passage of
time and resulting loss of various forensic opportunities.  The
detection rate was 56.5%, compared to the national rate of 57.5%.
Missing People
In the reporting period, a total of 872 missing person reports were
recorded - an increase of 58% on the same period in 2023/24, in
which 553 missing person reports were received.  In the current
reporting period, a total of 326 individuals were reported missing -
with 101 of these individuals being repeat missing people (i.e. being
reported missing on multiple occasions).  87% of missing persons
reports related to young people, with nearly half of all reports
involving young people going missing from Children’s Homes.
A significant contributory factor for the increase is the National
Missing Persons Unit’s implementation of national business rules
relating to how these incidents are recorded.  Police Scotland
continue to engage with appropriate partners to safeguard and
reduce threat risk and harm to our most vulnerable people,
especially when they go missing.
35
Page 107 of 230

Page 108

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Police Scotland
Domestic Abuse
Domestic abuse incidents in Renfrewshire rose by 6.7% compared
to the previous year, totalling 1,906 incidents.  Though this increase
may be partially attributable to continuous efforts to increase
victims’ confidence to report domestic abuse to Police and our
partners, changes in reporting standards and new systems should
also be considered when comparing figures.  Of these incidents,
43.1% led to a recorded crime, with domestic abuse-related crimes
rising by 0.7% to 822.  The detection rate has increased
considerably, rising from 58.6% to 71.1%.
The Multi-Agency Tasking and Coordination and Multi-Agency Risk
Assessment Conferences frameworks remain vital in safeguarding
victims, providing tailored support, coordinating partnerships, and
ensuring agency accountability.  We continue to work together with
partners to ensure that victim centred approach adopting the most
suitable support to victims and families. (Refer to Equally Safe
Section)
Road Casualties
In the reporting period, there were 142 road casualties in
Renfrewshire, an increase of three compared to the previous year.
This includes eight additional road fatalities (9) and five additional
slight road injuries (88).  However, ten fewer serious road injuries
occurred (45), including a reduction in serious child road injuries.
Police Scotland remains committed to reducing road casualties
through ongoing enforcement and education efforts.  The
dedicated Road Policing Unit continues to support local policing
through a range of road safety and crime prevention campaigns
Road Traffic Offences
Recorded road traffic offences in Renfrewshire have fallen by 0.3%
on 2023/24 figures, totalling 2,973 in the reporting period.
Conversely, at a national level these offences increased by just over
two percent.  The detection rate for these offences is 86%, which
remains closely comparable to the previous year’s rate (86.4%) and
the national rate (87.5%).
36
Page 108 of 230

Page 109

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Police Scotland
Acquisitive Crime
A total of 3,386 crimes of dishonesty were recorded in Renfrewshire, 
an increase of 3.7% on the previous year.  The detection rate for 
was 37%, exceeding the national rate of 35.3%. Shoplifting
accounts for almost 40% of all recorded crimes of dishonesty and
rising by almost 26% on the previous year.  Excluding this type of
crime, crimes of dishonesty have fallen by nearly 7%, with crimes of
housebreaking falling by 8.7%, recorded fraud crimes falling by
11.3% and common theft decreasing by 4.2%.
Problem-solving initiatives are  underway including a Retail Crime
Task Force, this dedicated unit supports police officers in delivering
prevention activities and targets repeat offenders.
Fraud remains a key concern due to evolving tactics used both
online and offline.  In Renfrewshire, consumer and retail fraud and
banking/credit industry fraud constitute a significant proportion of
recorded fraud crime, with other fraud methods in the reporting
period including advance fee payment frauds and bogus/doorstep
crime.  Police in Renfrewshire continue to engage with the
community to raise awareness of emerging fraud methods and
provide practical advice to help individuals protect themselves
from financial harm.
Cyber and Digital Crime
Cyber-enabled crime remains a significant concern for communities
in Renfrewshire.  Fraud continues to be the most commonly
recorded cyber-enabled in terms of number of reports received,
with 39% of all recorded frauds being perpetrated online.  We
continue to address this issue through local partnerships and
national collaboration with the Cyber Scotland Partnership and the
financial sector to raise awareness of online fraud.
Threats and extortion are another key cyber-threat in Renfrewshire,
with the majority (71%) of recorded extortion crimes being cyber-
enabled sextortion crimes.  Offenders (who are commonly located
outwith the UK) build trust through social media or messaging
platforms before making demands - often resulting in serious
emotional and financial consequences for victims.
Sexual offences constitute a significant proportion of cybercrimes,
with crimes such as communicating indecently, viewing sexual
activity or images, indecent photos of children and threats to
disclose intimate images.  To combat online child sexual abuse and
exploitation, Police Scotland engage with specialist national units
and partner agencies to promote preventative awareness.
37
Page 109 of 230

Page 110

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Scottish Fire and Rescue Service, Renfrewshire Activity
Fires False Alarms
Total no. of
Incidents
First Aid /Hospital
Treatment (all incidents)
- 5.6% - 12% - 14.5%
- 5% - 4.3%
Road Traffic Collisions
* Data above is year on year change
Summary 2024-25
The activity totals and other statistics quoted within this report are
published in the interests of transparency and openness.  They are
provisional in nature and subject to change as a result of ongoing
quality assurance and review.  Because all statistics quoted are
provisional there may be a difference in the period totals quoted in
our reports after local publication which result from revisions or
additions to the data in our systems.  The Scottish Government
publishes official statistics each year which allow for comparisons
to be made over longer periods of time.
751 1176 59
2530 156
Page 110 of 230

Page 111

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Scottish Fire and Rescue Service
Below Highlights an increase or decrease from the same reporting
period as last year. 
• Total Incidents: 2530 - down 5% from 2662.
• Fires: 751 - down 5.6% from 796.
• Non-Fire Incidents: 603 - up 20% from 503.
• False Alarms: 1176 - down 12% from 1336.
• Unwanted Fire Alarm Signals (UFAS): 420 - down 28% from 583.
• Rescues by Firefighters: 126 - down 10.6% from 141.
• Fire-Related Hospital Treatments: 8 - down 53% from 17.
• Fire Fatalities: 0 - down 100% from 2 (1 fatality did occur at a
fire incident but was not fire related).
• First Aid / Hospital Treatment (all incidents): 156 - down 4.3%
from 163.
• Non-Fire Fatalities: 9 - up 50% from 6.
• HomeFire Safety Visits: 1119.
• Fire Safety Audits: 255 Routine audits plus 15 Post fire audits.
Accidental Dwelling Fires (ADFs)
• Total Incidents: 113 - down 20.4% from 142.
• ADF Casualties: 11 - down 15.4% from 13.
Deliberate Fire Setting
• Total: 471 - down from 485.
• Secondary Fire Total: 428 - down 2.9% from 469.
• Peak Times: Between 6pm and 8pm.
Non-domestic Fires
• Total: 29 - down 29.3% from 41.
Non-Fire Casualties
• Total: 158 - static at 158.
Fatalities Breakdown
• Fire Fatalities: 1.
• Special Service (non-RTC) Fatalities: 7.
• RTC Fatalities: 2.
UFAS
• Common Causes: Cooking/Burnt Toast, Accidental or careless
activation, Contaminants – aerosols, dust, steam etc.
• Most common premises: Residential Homes, Hospitals and
medical care, Hotels. 
• Policy change: SFRS adopted a new UFAS policy in July 2023.
On activation of an automatic fire alarm system, the SFRS
response to all sleeping risk premises remain unchanged but
for non-sleeping risk premises an attendance will only be made
where confirmed fire indications are present.
RTCs
• Total: 59 - down 14.5% from 69.
• RTC Casualties: 63 - up 10.5% from 57.
• RTC Fatalities: 2 – up 50% from 1.
39
Page 111 of 230

Page 112

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Scottish Fire and Rescue Service, Renfrewshire Activity
Fires False Alarms
Total no. of
Incidents
- 5.6% - 12%
- 5% - 4.3%
* Data above is year on year change
Summary 2024-25
Page 112 of 230

Page 113

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Scottish Fire and Rescue Service 
Home Fire Safety Visits
Each year SFRS delivers over 40,000 Home Fire Safety Visits
(HFSVs) to homes across Scotland.  These visits involve SFRS staff
engaging with individuals within the home environment, to
identify potential fire risks and to provide appropriate advice and
education to improve their fire safety in the home.  In January 2025
SFRS made changes to their HFSV programme, this was a move
away from universal provision of a HFSV on request to a more
targeted approach aimed at identifying and providing a HFSV to
those in our communities who are most at risk of fire.
This change was based around factors which we know increase
someone’s risk of fire, via fire fatality research, with those factors
now forming some of the criteria through which someone can
qualify for a HFSV, alongside wider health and social care issues.
Those members of the community who don’t meet the criteria will
no longer be eligible for a HFSV but will instead be provided with a
personalised home fire safety guide based on the answers that
they provided to the screening questions when they applied for a
HFSV.
Alongside the changes to the eligibility criteria, we have also
introduced new software for the recording of HFSVs and will soon
launch a new Partner Referral App which will make it easier and
more secure for our valued partners to make a referrals for HFSVs
to SFRS, for their clients.  Partner referrals are important as we
know from experience that individuals involved in fatal and serious
fires are often known to our partner organisations but not to SFRS.
This change to the SFRS Home Fire Safety Visit programme will see
a reduction in the number of HFSVs conducted annually but with
those that are carried out being targeted at those members of the
community who are most at risk ensuring that they receive early
and appropriate intervention to improve their safety.
41
Page 113 of 230

Page 114

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Strategic Focus 2025/26
COG will continue to regularly scrutinise and monitor performance
across all areas of community protection activity, focusing in on areas
where there are ratings are poor, there’s changes in referrals, incidents
or concerns reported, or where national research or legislation suggests
improvements or change to practice or multi agency working.
COG will seek to ensure that performance and practice are scrutinised at
a strategic level, to identify what works well, to highlight any areas for
improvement, and to consider where further opportunities for early
intervention and prevention activity would achieve improved outcomes
for local people.
Moving forward COG have identified several specific priorities to be
progressed during 2025/26, in addition to ongoing activity.  These are:
• Protecting vulnerable children and adults
• Reducing alcohol and drug related harm
• Suicide prevention
• Migration and asylum
• Equally Safe
• Homelessness
• COG self-evaluation
42
Page 114 of 230

Page 115

___________________________________________________________________
To:  Council
On:  25th September 2025
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Executive
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 3 – Evidence Report
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1  The purpose of this report is to seek approval of the Renfrewshire Local
Development Plan 3 (LDP3) Evidence Report and authorise its
submission to the Scottish Ministers for the ‘Gate Check’ review process
when an independent assessment of the evidence will be carried out by
a Reporter appointed by the Scottish Ministers.
1.2  The Evidence Report is the first key stage in the preparation of the new
Local Development Plan and provides a body of evidence that will inform
the content of the plan.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations
2.1 It is recommended that Council:
1) Approve the Local Development Plan Evidence Report as contained
in Appendix 1, with delegated authority provided to the Head of
Economy and Development to make amendments to the Evidence
Report format as required to meet the Scottish Government
Directorate of Planning and Environmental Appeals submission
requirements; and,
Item 6
Page 115 of 230

Page 116

2) Note that following approval by Council, and any necessary
reformatting, officers will submit the Evidence Report to Scottish
Ministers for the Gate Check review process. 
_________________________________________________________
3. Background
3.1 A new Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (LDP3) is currently being
prepared which will set out a 10+ year vision and spatial strategy for
Renfrewshire and guide future land use and development over the plan
period to 2038. 
3.2 LDP3 is being prepared under a new statutory process for development
planning introduced by the Planning (Scotland) Act 2019 and
Development Planning Regulations 2023. A key change is the
requirement to prepare an Evidence Report, with its approval reserved
to Council.
3.3 The Evidence Report provides a robust evidence base to inform the
preparation of the new Local Development Plan and to consider the
implications of this evidence on the emerging spatial strategy of the new
plan.
3.4 Following approval of the Evidence Report, the Council is required to
submit the report to Scottish Ministers for the Gate Check review
process. Scottish Ministers will appoint an independent Reporter to
review the evidence and assess whether the report includes a sufficient
evidence base to inform the preparation of the new Local Development
Plan. 
3.5 Further information on the LDP3 preparation process, including the
Evidence Report and Gate Check stage, is included in the Renfrewshire
Development Plan Scheme 2024 which was approved by the Planning
and Climate Change Policy Board on 5th November 2024.
4. Evidence Report
4.1  The Evidence Report is considered to provide a robust evidence base to
prepare the new Local Development Plan. The Evidence Report
submission includes several documents: 
• Evidence Report - Sets out the evidence base that has been
gathered to inform the preparation of the Proposed Plan. It is
structured around 28 topics which are aligned with the policy
themes of National Planning Framework 4 (Appendix 1).
• Position Statement – Provides a summary of the scope of each
evidence topic and identifies any evidence gaps or disputes
Page 116 of 230

Page 117

raised by stakeholders on the sufficiency of evidence (Appendix
2).
• Consultation and Engagement Report - Statement to explain
how the Council has sought stakeholder views in line with
legislative requirements (Appendix 3).
• LDP2 Review – A review of LDP2 policies and delivery to inform
preparation of LDP3 (Appendix 4).
• Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) Scoping Report
– The SEA is an integral part of the plan preparation process and
ensures environmental considerations are taken into account at
an early stage. The Scoping Report is the first key stage of the
SEA and defines the scope and level of environmental detail to be
covered in the Environmental Report for the Proposed Plan
(Appendix 5). 
4.2  To inform the preparation of the Evidence Report, extensive consultation
and engagement has taken place with a wide range of stakeholders
including residents, young people, community councils, Key Agencies,
local businesses and developers, Council services, OneRen and HSCP.
4.3 The approach to consultation and engagement is set out in the
Consultation and Engagement Report prepared alongside the Evidence
Report. This report also includes the Council’s approach to support
communities prepare Local Place Plans for their area.
4.4 The Evidence Report also includes a ‘Summary of stakeholder
engagement and Council response to representations’ section for each
evidence topic. This includes a summary of each representation received
and how these have been taken into account in finalising the Evidence
Report. 
Structure and Content
4.5 The structure and content of the Evidence Report is informed by
legislation, Local Development Plan Guidance (2023) and feedback
received during early consultation and engagement. The Evidence
Report is topic based and structured around the three policy themes of
National Planning Framework 4 – Sustainable Places, Liveable Places
and Productive Places.
4.6 The wide range of evidence topics included under each theme is set out
below:  
Sustainable Places
• Topic 1 – Climate Change and Adaptation
• Topic 2 – Biodiversity and Natural Places
• Topic 3 – Soils
• Topic 4 – Forestry, Woodland and Trees
• Topic 5 – Historic Assets and Places
Page 117 of 230

Page 118

• Topic 6 – Greenbelt and Landscape Character
• Topic 7 – Brownfield, Vacant and Derelict Land and Empty Buildings
• Topic 8 – Coastal Development
• Topic 9 – Energy
• Topic 10 – Zero Waste
• Topic 11 – Sustainable Transport 
Liveable Places
• Topic 12 – Design, Quality, Place and Local Living
• Topic 13 – Site Assessment Methodology
• Topic 14 – Demographic Profile and Quality Homes
• Topic 15 – Education
• Topic 16 – Cemeteries and Crematoria
• Topic 17 – Heat and Cooling
• Topic 18 – Open Space and Play, Recreation and Sport
• Topic 19 – Flood Risk
• Topic 20 – Water Management
• Topic 21 – Health and Safety
• Topic 22 – Major Accident Hazard Sites and Pipeline
• Topic 23 – Digital Infrastructure 
Evidence Report Theme – Productive Places
• Topic 24 – Business and Industry
• Topic 25 – Glasgow Airport
• Topic 26 – Centres and Retail
• Topic 27 – Tourism, Culture and Creativity
• Topic 28 – Minerals 
4.7 The evidence for each topic is included in the Evidence Report attached
at Appendix 1. 
Areas of Agreement / Dispute
4.8 In preparing the Evidence Report the Council is required to identify areas
where key stakeholders agree with the evidence presented and areas
where the evidence is disputed. The Position Statement (Appendix 2)
highlights the areas where the evidence is disputed or there is
uncertainty over the evidence presented. The areas of dispute are likely
to be the focus of the Gate Check process.
4.9  Overall it is considered that there is broad agreement with key
stakeholders on most of evidence presented. There are a small number
of disputes over the sufficiency of the evidence which were identified
during the extensive consultation and engagement undertaken to
prepare the Evidence Report. Officers sought to resolve any evidence
dispute through further engagement but in some instances, it was not
possible to address these in finalising the Evidence Report. 
Page 118 of 230

Page 119

4.10 The areas of significant dispute mainly relate to the housing and the
setting of the 10-year housing land requirement (Topic 14), the Council’s
approach to education analysis and addressing capacity constraints
(Topic 15) and the potential for development contributions to be required
for health care infrastructure (Topic 21). The disputes have generally
been raised by Homes for Scotland and supported by their individual
members. 
Housing Land
4.11 The Council are required to set a Local Housing Land Requirement in
the Evidence Report. This is the amount of land required for housing
during the 10-year period of the Local Development Plan. National
Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) sets an expectation that the Local
Housing Land Requirement should exceed the 10-year Minimum All-
Tenure Housing Land Requirement set out in NPF4. For Renfrewshire
the Minimum All-Tenure Housing Land Requirement is set at 4,900
homes. 
4.12 The Evidence Report sets the Local Housing Land Requirement at
5,750 homes over the 10-year period of the Local Development Plan
(2028-2038). This is considered to be the amount of housing land
needed to meet housing need and demand across Renfrewshire during
that period. The process and evidence used to set this land requirement
is set out in Topic 14 of the Evidence Report. 
4.13 Homes for Scotland and individual housebuilders dispute some of the
evidence used in the Evidence Report to set the Local Housing Land
Requirement. This primarily relates to the level of housing need across
Renfrewshire which they identify as being much higher than the levels
evidenced in two referenced evidence documents, the regional Housing
Need and Demand Assessment 3 and the Renfrewshire Housing Need
and Demand Study (2023). These assessments were prepared in
support of the approved Renfrewshire Local Housing strategy 2023-
2028 and are therefore considered to be robust sources of evidence for
setting the Local Housing Land Requirement. 
4.14 Homes for Scotland and individual housebuilders identify that the
proposed Local Housing Land Requirement (5,750 homes) is insufficient
to meet recent demand in Renfrewshire based on past housing
completions and propose a higher requirement of 7,500 homes for the
10-year period of the Plan. However, no changes have been made to
the Local Housing Land Requirement in response to the received
representations, and as per above, based on the Council’s evidence, the 
Evidence Report suggests it be set at 5,750 homes. 
Page 119 of 230

Page 120

Education 
4.15 Education facilities are identified as an infrastructure within the context
of the National Planning Framework’s (NPF4) infrastructure first
approach. This means that capacity must exist within Council
educational facilities to accommodate pupils arising from housing
allocations identified in the Local Development Plan. 
4.16 The Planning Service has engaged with Children’s Services regarding
school capacity projections and alignment with the Council’s Learning
Estate Strategy. Although not yet available, school roll projections will be
updated to cover the full plan period (i.e. to 2038), and to take account
of the preferred spatial strategy of the proposed Local Development Plan
i.e. housing land allocations. This should identify where investment in
additional school capacity is required to accommodate new housing
development. 
4.17 Representations from the development industry have expressed
concern about how the need for additional school capacity and
associated developer contributions will be calculated. Some of these
concerns are associated with the requirements set out in the Developer
Contributions (Education) Planning Guidance associated with the
current Local Development Plan (LDP2) and how the approach set out
in that document will influence the approach set out in the new Local
Development Plan. 
Health 
4.18 Health and social care services are identified as an infrastructure within
the context of the National Planning Framework’s (NPF4) infrastructure
first approach. This means that capacity must exist within health facilities
to accommodate patients arising from new housing allocations identified
in the Local Development Plan. 
4.19 The Planning Service has engaged with Renfrewshire HSCP and
Greater Glasgow and Clyde NHS regarding patient capacity in primary
care facilities, and particularly GP surgeries. While patient numbers are
available, information is not available on operating capacities of GP
surgeries, and the potential for GP surgeries to expand to accommodate
new development. This is considered an evidence gap and availability
of capacity within GP surgeries will be a consideration in the assessment
of possible housing allocations. 
4.20 Homes for Scotland dispute the requirement for the housebuilding
industry to contribute towards primary care facilities such as GP
surgeries. It is the Council’s view, however, that developer contributions
should be sought to address any deficit in primary care facilities to
accommodate new development, where the evidence is available to
show that a new or expanded facility is required to accommodate new
development.
Page 120 of 230

Page 121

4.21 The Evidence Report includes detailed responses to the disputes and
the Council’s evidence to support the position set out in the report. Both
the Council’s evidence and the representations received will be
assessed by the Reporter during the Gate Check process. 
5.  Next Steps 
5.1 Once approved, the Evidence Report will be submitted to the Scottish
Ministers for the Gate Check review process. It is anticipated that the
Gate Check review will take approximately 3 months to conclude. 
5.2 The appointed Reporter can conclude that the information is sufficient
and that the Council can proceed with the preparation of the new plan,
request further information, or deem that the evidence is insufficient. If
insufficient, the Reporter will provide a Gate Check assessment report
which outlines reasons for their conclusions and any recommendations
for improvement. A copy of the assessment report will be sent to the
Council and the Scottish Ministers. Where an assessment report is
issued, the Council will require to address the areas of improvement and
resubmit the Evidence Report to the Gate Check. The outcome of the
Gate Check will be reported back to Council. 
5.3 The Evidence Report is a snapshot in time and parts of the evidence
may change between the time the Evidence Report is agreed by Council
and during the preparation of the Proposed Plan. The Proposed Plan will
be based on the most up-to-date evidence at the time. The Place
Strategy team will ensure the evidence remains up to date throughout
the plan preparation process. 
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial – Approving the Evidence Report for submission to the
Scottish Ministers will result in the assessment and administrative fees
associated with the Gate Check review process. The exacts costs will
depend on the duration of the Gate Check process, however, it is
anticipated that the cost will be approximately £20,000. The Reporter can
return the Evidence Report as insufficient and this would require a further
Gate Check process which would generate additional costs. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – None. 
3. Community/Council Planning – The Evidence Report will support the
preparation of the Local Development Plan which is a wide-ranging
document and is considered to support the priorities of the Renfrewshire
Community Plan and the Council’s strategic outcomes.  
Page 121 of 230

Page 122

4. Legal – The preparation of a Local Development Plan is a statutory
requirement for planning authorities. The Council is following statutory
procedures in preparing the plan.
The approval of the LDP3 Evidence Report is reserved to Council under
Section 16B of the Town and Country Planning Act (Scotland) 1997.
5. Property/Assets – None. 
6. Information Technology – None.
7. Equality & Human Rights - The recommendations contained within this
report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and
human rights. The impact assessment has highlighted the need to
ensure that certain groups with protected characteristics and from areas
of socio-economic disadvantage are involved in the Local Development
Plan process. Equalities monitoring of the Local Development Plan
participant database and engagement processes will continue to be
undertaken to monitor and highlight groups or areas where targeted
consultation may be required. A full copy of the Equality Impact
Assessment undertaken is available from the report author. Following
implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the
mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored. The results of the
assessment will be published on the Council’s website.
8. Health & Safety - None.
9. Procurement – None.
10. Risk - There is a risk that the Council’s Evidence Report may be found
to be insufficient at the Gate Check stage. To mitigate this risk, officers
have engaged with stakeholders throughout the preparation process and
have reviewed the findings of Gate Checks completed for other Council’s
across Scotland to ensure a robust evidence base is presented.
11. Privacy Impact – None.
12. Climate Risk – The Evidence Report includes an evidence base on
climate related factors and risks. The Local Development Plan will have
regard to and support the implementation of the Council’s Plan for Net
Zero.
13. Children’s Rights – Through engagement with children and young
people, the approach being taken by the Council demonstrates
compliance with Article 12 ‘Respect for Children’s Views.
14. Cosla Policy Position – None.
Page 122 of 230

Page 123

_______________________________________________________
List of Background Papers 
(a)  The Evidence Report is supported by a range of Background Papers
which are available to view via links embedded in the Evidence Report
(Appendix 1). 
Appendices 
Appendix 1 – Renfrewshire LDP3 Evidence Report 
Appendix 2 – Position Statement 
Appendix 3 – Consultation and Engagement Report 
Appendix 4 – Local Development Plan 2 Review 
Appendix 5 – Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Alan Williamson, Strategy & Place Manager,
alan.williamson@renfrewshire.gov.uk, 07811 053968
Page 123 of 230

Page 124

Page 124 of 230

Page 125

___________________________________________________________________
To:  The Council
On:  25 September 2025
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Director of Finance & Resources
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Governance Arrangements – changes to Standing Orders relating
to Contracts
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary 
1.1  This report seeks approval of revised Standing Orders relating to 
Contracts as detailed in Appendix 1 to this report. 
1.2  Minor changes are needed to reflect the new payment arrangements 
that will arise from the Council’s No Purchase Order No Pay policy.
________________________________________________________________________________
2. Recommendations 
2.1 Members are asked to approve the revised Standing Orders relating to
Contracts contained in Appendix 1 to this report to take effect on the
date the Council’s No Purchase Order No Pay Policy goes live in Q4
2025. 
_________________________________________________________
3. Background
3.1 The No Purchase Order No Pay Policy was approved by the Council’s
Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board on 21
November 2024. 
Item 7
Page 125 of 230

Page 126

3.2 Minor changes to the Standing Orders relating to Contracts are
necessary to ensure the Standing Orders are consistent with the new
policy and new arrangements for invoicing.
3.3 The changes required are: 
• to include a definition of the No Purchase Order No Pay policy in
Standing Order 2.1 x); 
• a minor modification to Standing Order 6.1 d) to be consistent with
the policy; 
• Schedule 1 updating Spend Analysis entry; 
• two administrative changes in Schedule 1 (Zone B) for Information
Governance and Insurance Level including updates to reflect the
current post titles; and
• an administrative change in Schedule 3 (3.2) to update the post title. 
3.4 The changes are proposed to take effect from the date the No
Purchase Order No Pay Policy goes live in Q4 2025.
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial -none directly arising from this report 
2. HR & Organisational Development -none. 
3. Community/Council Planning – none  
4. Legal – as described in the report 
5. Property/Assets -none 
6. Information Technology- none. 
7. Equality & Human Rights 
(a) The Recommendations contained within this report have been
assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for
infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified
arising from the recommendations contained in the report.   If
required following implementation, the actual impact of the
recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed
and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be
published on the Council’s website.  
Page 126 of 230

Page 127

8. Health & Safety-none 
9. Procurement- as detailed in this report.
10. Risk- none.
11. Privacy Impact- none  
12. Climate Risk- not applicable.
13. Children’s Rights- not applicable
14. Cosla Policy Position- not applicable
_______________________________________________________
List of Background Papers 
(a)  No Purchase Order No Pay Policy 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Lara Stimpson, Assistant Managing Solicitor 0141 487 1126 
Appendix 1 (paper apart)
Page 127 of 230

Page 128

Page 128 of 230

Page 129

Appendix 1 
Standing Orders Relating to Contracts 
2025
Page 129 of 230

Page 130

INDEX   
1. Introduction
2. Interpretation 
3. Suspension, Variation and Revocation of Standing Orders 
4. Financial Provisions 
5. Equalities and Prevention of Discrimination
6. Form of Contract
7. Valuing the Contract
8. General Powers and Duties of the HOFAP
9. Exemptions and Special Arrangements 
10. Publicity for Tenders and Contracts
11. Procedures
12. Restricted Procedure 
13. Open Procedure 
14. Negotiated Procedure without Prior Publication of a Notice
15. Competitive Procedure with Negotiation
16. Competitive Dialogue Procedure 
17. Innovation Partnership
18. Quick Quotes
19. Extensions to Existing Contracts
20. Indicative Total Values of Contracts 
21. E-Procurement 
22. Opening of Tenders
23. Electronic Auctions
24. Submission of In-House Tenders 
25. Technical and Financial Checks 
26. Checking of Tenders & Post tender Negotiation
Page 130 of 230

Page 131

27. Acceptance and Giving Reasons for Decisions 
28. Nomination of Sub-Contractor 
29. Framework Agreements
30. Dynamic Purchasing Systems
31. Concessions
32. Design Contests 
33. Specification of Standards 
34. Assignation, Sub-Contracting, Termination and Modification
35. Liquidated and Ascertained Damages 
36. Prevention of Collusion and Corrupt or Illegal Practices 
37. Health and Safety 
38. Schedule of Rates Contracts 
39.  Sustainable Development 
40.  Consultants 
41.  Records and Registers
42.  Procurement Strategy and Annual Report 
Schedules 
1.  Contract Strategy Document
2.  Thresholds
3.  Procedure for Contracts below £50,000
4.  Guidance on Grants
5.  Special Arrangements for Contracts for Social and Other Specific Services
and for Health or Social Care Services 
6.  Tender Report Format
Page 131 of 230

Page 132

Renfrewshire Council 
Standing Orders Relating to Contracts 
1. Introduction 
1.1 These standing orders are made under Section 81 of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act, 1973 and shall apply to the making by the Council or on their
behalf of all contracts.  For the avoidance of doubt, the term “contract”
includes any form of agreement, written or unwritten, to which the Council is
a party which creates rights and responsibilities for any of the parties
involved. 
1.2 The standing orders are subject to any overriding requirements of:- 
a)  the Public Contracts (Scotland) Regulations 2015; the Concessions
Contracts (Scotland) Regulations 2016; the Utilities Contracts (Scotland)
Regulations 2016; all guidance made under and in terms of any of these
Regulations; and all successor legislation or amendments to any of these
Regulations (the “Procurement Regulations”); 
b)  the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014 and all regulations and
guidance made under and in terms of that Act (the “Procurement Reform
Rules”); and 
c)  the principles of fairness, equal treatment, non-discrimination,
proportionality, and transparency (“the Principles of Procurement”).   
1.3 All contracts let by or on behalf of the Council, regardless of whether any
such contracts are otherwise exempt from the application of these standing
orders, shall be subject to an obligation on the HOFAP to seek best value
for the Council and to be able to demonstrate fairness, non-discrimination,
equal treatment and transparency in the contract procedure chosen to all
parties having an interest in that procedure. 
1.4 No tenders shall be invited, nor any offer made or accepted, until a Contract
Strategy Document, in the format approved by the HOFAP, which is
currently as set out in Schedule 1, has been completed.  This shall identify
whether the requirements can best be met by using an existing contract or
Framework Agreement, by a Collaborative Procurement, or by establishing
Page 132 of 230

Page 133

a new contract.   
1.5 Where there is no suitable existing contract or Framework Agreement, the
HOFAP will endeavour to use a Collaborative Procurement provided it is in
the best interests of the Council so to do. However, prior to using a
Collaborative Procurement, the HOFAP shall enter into a Collaboration
Agreement, the terms of which shall be approved by the HOCG. 
1.6 All contracts let by or on behalf of the Council are subject to the Council’s
Financial Regulations. 
2. Interpretation 
2.1 For the purposes of these standing orders the following words and
expressions shall have the meanings given to them in this standing order: 
a) any reference to “a signature” or “signed” includes reference to a
signature or other form of formal confirmation using electronic means,
such as a digital signature, encryption or other formally recognised
authority for identification purposes; 
b) “electronic means” means electronic equipment for the processing
(including digital compression) and storage of data which is
transmitted, conveyed and received by radio, by wire, by optical means
or by other electromagnetic means; 
c) “written” or “in writing” means any expression consisting of words or
figures which can be read, reproduced and subsequently
communicated.  It may include information which is transmitted and
stored by electronic means. 
d) “the Bulletin” means the bulletin produced by the Director of Finance
and Resources for each cycle of board meetings advising elected
members and chief officers of the exercise of delegated powers by
officers and other operational matters. 
e) “Collaboration Agreement” means the agreement which sets out the
roles and responsibilities of all parties participating in a Collaborative
Procurement. 
f) “Collaborative Procurement” means the procurement of goods,
services or works by Renfrewshire Council in collaboration with one or
more Contracting Authorities, as defined by the Procurement
Regulations, with the aim of achieving value for money for the Council
Page 133 of 230

Page 134

through sharing expertise and resources and/or by securing benefits
from economies of scale through combined purchasing power. 
g) “Contract Documents” means the documents to be used in any
tendering procedure and where different those intended to form part of
any contract following on from a tendering procedure.  It includes, but
is not restricted to, the SPD, the invitation to tender for or to negotiate a
contract, the proposed conditions of contract, the specifications or the
descriptions of the goods, services or works required by the Council
and any Bills of Quantities and includes any such documents or their
equivalents issued using electronic means. 
h) “Contract Strategy Document” means the document referred to in
standing order 1.4 which sets out the procurement strategy for a
contract and is agreed jointly between the HOFAP and the Director of
the procuring department. 
i) “Council” means the Renfrewshire Council constituted under the Local
Government etc. (Scotland) Act 1994. 
j) “the CPU” means the Council’s Corporate Procurement Unit. 
k) “Director of the procuring department” means the Director or Chief
Officer of the service for which the contract is required and where the
contract is required for more than one service, any one or more of the
relevant Directors or Chief Officers. 
l) “SPD” means the Single Procurement Document. 
m) “the Procurement Regulations” is defined in standing order 1.2 a). 
n) “Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board” means the
Council’s Board of that name. 
o) “the Threshold” for the purpose of these standing orders refers to the
threshold under Regulation 5.(1) (c)  of the Public Contracts (Scotland)
Regulations 2015 (the threshold for public supply and service contracts
awarded by sub-central contracting authorities).  The Threshold from 1
January 2024  is £214,904 (inclusive of VAT) but will be recalculated
every second year on 1 January of that year.  The next change is due
on 1  2026.  Details of the full list of thresholds applying from 1 January
2024 are set out in Schedule 2. 
Page 134 of 230

Page 135

p) “Health or Social Care Services” means any of the services listed in the
Schedule to the Procurement (Scotland) Regulations 2016. 
q) “the HOCG” means the Council’s Head of Corporate Governance or the
HOCG’s nominee. 
r) “the HOFAP” means the Council’s Head of Finance and Procurement
or the HOFAP’s nominee.   
s) “Regulated Contract” means a public contract (other than a public
works contract) with an estimated value equal to or greater than
£50,000; or a public works contract with an estimated value equal to or
greater than £2,000,000 unless the public contract or public works
contract is an excluded contract under the Procurement Reform Rules. 
t) “Regulated Procurement” means (i) any procedure carried out by the
Council in relation to the award of a Regulated Contract including, in
particular, the seeking of offers in relation to the contract and the
selection of suppliers; and (ii) the award of a Regulated Contract by the
Council. 
u)  “Social and Other Specific Services” means the services listed in
Schedule 3 of the Public Contracts (Scotland) Regulations 2015. 
v) “Social Care” means the provision of care services or social work
services as defined in sections 47 and 48 and schedules 12 and 13 of
the Public Services Reform (Scotland) Act 2010 and the expression
“Social Care Contract” shall mean a contract entered into for Social
Care. 
w) “Sustainable Procurement Duty” means the duty of that name under the
Procurement Reform Rules. 
x) “No Purchase Order No Pay Policy” means the policy so entitled
approved by the Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy
Board on 21 November 2024, or any successor policy. 
2.2 Any reference to a Director should be taken to include a reference to the
Chief Executive and a Head of Service. 
2.3 Any reference to a statute or other legislation shall include reference to any
statute or legislation amending or replacing it. 
Page 135 of 230

Page 136

2.4 Any reference to a contract shall include, where the context allows,
reference to a sub-contract. 
3.    Suspension, Variation and Revocation of Standing Orders 
3.1 These standing orders may be varied or revoked by the Council.   Any
variation to or revocation of the standing orders will be effective on the first
working day after the conclusion of the Council meeting at which it was
approved. 
3.2   These standing orders or any part of them may be suspended by the
Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board in respect of any
procurement exercise or contract on receiving a joint recommendation from
the HOFAP and the HOCG that there are special circumstances justifying
such suspension and that it is in the interests and within the powers of the
Council to do so. 
3.3 The Director of Finance and Resources shall have power to vary these
standing orders but only in the following circumstances:- 
a) to reflect changes in job titles, reorganisations of departments and
vacancies in posts; or 
b) to change references to legislation where the legislation is repealed or
amended and to insert references to new legislation where the new
legislation largely re-enacts the provisions of the repealed or amended
legislation; or 
c) to change the financial values of the thresholds where referred to in
these standing orders, to implement any changes in these thresholds. 
d) to amend the Contract Strategy Document set out in Schedule 1. 
e) to amend the diagram set out in Schedule 3 illustrating the procedure to
be followed where the estimated value of the proposed contract is less
than £50,000. 
4.  Financial Provisions 
No tender shall  be  invited  or  offer  made or accepted unless  appropriate
financial provisions have been made by the Council in terms of the Council’s
financial regulations or funding is being provided by a third  party which has
been approved by the Council. 
Page 136 of 230

Page 137

5.   Equalities and Prevention of Discrimination 
5.1 Tenderers must be asked to produce their equal opportunities policies
before they may be shortlisted or recommended for an award of contract. 
5.2 Before entering into a contract, the HOFAP shall obtain from the contractor
an assurance in writing that, to the best of the contractor's knowledge and
belief, the contractor has complied with all statutory requirements under the
Equality Act 2010 and all previous legislation, regulations and statutory
guidance relating to equality matters. 
5.3 All contracts entered into by the Council shall contain a condition obliging
the contractor to comply with all duties arising from the Equality Act 2010. 
6.    Form of Contract 
6.1   Except in circumstances where the HOFAP and HOCG agree otherwise,
every contract shall be:- 
a) in the name of Renfrewshire Council; 
b) in writing; 
c) signed by an officer authorised by the Council to sign contracts; 
d) in compliance with the No Purchase Order No Pay Policy; and 
e) subject to the Laws of Scotland. 
6.2 The Contract Documents in respect of all contracts shall be prepared by the
CPU.   Use may also be made of Contract Documents prepared by the
Scottish Government; the Crown Commercial Service, or any other agency
of the UK government; Scotland Excel; other Scottish Centres of
Procurement Expertise; other local authorities; and other collaborative
bodies where the Council is eligible to use these Contract Documents and is
permitted by the relevant body to do so.  It is the HOFAP’s responsibility to
ensure that the Council is eligible to use the Contract Documents and that
these are suitable for the contract. 
6.3 Other than the specification of the contract requirements which shall be
decided by the Director of the procuring department, any dispute between
officers in the Council regarding the proper form or content of the Contract
Documents or any part of them may be referred to the HOFAP, whose
decision on the matter shall be final.  Any disputes or queries regarding legal
Page 137 of 230

Page 138

issues, including the extent to which the Principles of Procurement, the
Procurement Regulations, the Procurement Reform Rules, and/or these
standing orders apply to any contract shall be referred to the HOCG, whose
decision on such issues shall be final. 
6.4 All tender documents must clearly state that the Council is a body to whom
the Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act 2002 and the Environmental
Information (Scotland) Regulations 2004 apply. This is to ensure that
contractors are aware that the Council may be required under the Act to
release information to third parties that the contractor may wish to be treated
as confidential. 
7. Valuing the Contract 
7.1 The values stated in the standing orders are the total estimated value of the
contract concerned and not the estimated annual value of the contract. 
Where it is likely that a supply of goods or services will be required on a
continuing basis over a number of years, for example with maintenance
contracts, the HOFAP shall take into account the anticipated duration of the
continuing supply when estimating the value of the contract for the purposes
of these standing orders. If there is any doubt about the anticipated duration
of the continuing supply, the HOFAP shall base the estimate of the value of
the contract on a period of 48 months. 
7.2 It is not permitted to deliberately divide any procurement exercise or
disposal into two or more contracts if the intention in doing so is to avoid the
application of any financial thresholds in these standing orders the
Procurement Regulations, or the Procurement Reform Rules. 
7.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the values stated are exclusive of any Value
Added Tax that may be levied. 
8. General Powers and Duties of the HOFAP 
8.1 The HOFAP may transfer any power or duty under these standing orders to
the Chief Executive, a Director or another Head of Service provided both
parties have agreed in writing to the transfer in advance.  The HOFAP may
also delegate, in writing, any power or duty under these standing orders to
an appropriate officer nominated by the HOFAP. 
8.2 The HOFAP in consultation with the HOCG may approve guidance notes on
tendering procedures for any contract or type of contract let by or on behalf
of the Council.  Any such guidance notes once approved shall form part of
Page 138 of 230

Page 139

these standing orders and shall be complied with from the date the guidance
is issued. 
8.3 When completing the Contract Strategy Document, referred to in standing
order 1.4, the HOFAP shall ensure that duplication of tendering procedures
and contracts for the same works, goods and services is avoided and shall
check that there is no suitable existing contract for the works, goods or
services to be acquired under the proposed contract. 
8.4 Where a contract is subject to the Procurement Regulations, when
completing the Contract Strategy Document referred to in standing order
1.4, the HOFAP shall ensure that consideration is given to whether the
contract should be divided into lots.  Where it is decided not to divide the
contract into lots, the main reasons for that decision shall be indicated in the
Contract Documents. 
8.5 When completing the Contract Strategy Document, referred to in Standing
Order 1.4, the HOFAP shall ensure that, in accordance with the
Procurement Reform Rules and current Council policy, consideration is
given to whether community benefit requirements should be included in the
contract. 
9. Exemptions and Special Arrangements 
9.1 Subject to standing order 1, there shall be exempted from the provisions of
these standing orders any contract where:- 
a) The Council is satisfied that there are special circumstances justifying
exempting the contract from standing orders or any part of them. 
b) The total estimated value of the proposed contract is less than £50,000
but the contract shall be let in accordance with the Council’s Guidance
on “Contracts with a Value of Less Than £50,000”, published under
standing order 8.2. (A diagram illustrating the procedure to be followed
where the estimated value of the proposed contract is less than
£50,000 is set out in Schedule 3.) 
c) In the opinion of the Director of the procuring department, or of the
Chief Executive, action is urgently required to prevent danger to life,
serious risk to health or damage to property.  For the avoidance of
doubt, where practicable, the Director or the Chief Executive shall
consult with the HOFAP before taking any action under this standing
order and any relevant requirements of the Principles of Procurement,
the Procurement Regulations, and the Procurement Reform Rules shall
Page 139 of 230

Page 140

be complied with. In all circumstances where this exemption has been
used, the HOFAP shall be notified as soon as reasonably practicable
following which a report will be submitted to the Finance, Resources
and Customer Services Policy Board at the first available subsequent
meeting detailing both the circumstances justifying use of this
exemption and the action taken. 
d) It is a contract of employment.  However, this exemption does not apply
to contracts with employment agencies for the supply of staff. 
e) The contract comprises the conditions under which an award of grant is
made by the Council.  However, any such conditions shall be subject to
the Council’s Guidance on Grants (as set out in Schedule 4) and any
question as to the extent to which these standing orders apply shall be
referred to the HOCG. 
f) The contract relates to any of the functions being exercised by the
bodies listed below, in which case the standing orders relating to
contracts for the body letting the contract shall apply:-  The bodies for
the purpose of this standing order are:- 
i) the Renfrewshire Valuation Joint Board;  
ii) the Glasgow and Clyde Valley Strategic Development Planning
Authority; and 
iii) Scotland Excel. 
g) The contract is entered into on behalf of the Council by Strathclyde
Partnership for Transport acting in their capacity as agents of the
Council to secure the provision of school transport.  All such contracts
will be subject to the procedures of Strathclyde Partnership For
Transport although, subject to the agreement of the HOFAP,  the
Director of Children’s Services shall approve the award of all such
contracts on behalf of the Council and shall, as soon as reasonably
practicable after the award of the contract, submit a report to the
Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board and the
HOFAP naming the successful tenderer, explaining the evaluation
process undertaken and detailing the value of the successful tender. 
h) The contract relates to the transfer, acquisition or disposal of an interest
in heritable property including a licence to occupy or use heritable
property. 
Page 140 of 230

Page 141

i) Where the contract relates to the appointment of junior or senior
counsel.  However, any such contract must be let in accordance with
any relevant requirements of the Procurement Reform Rules. 
j) Subject to any financial or other limits contained in the Council’s
Scheme of Delegated Functions and/or Financial Regulations, where in
a Director’s opinion it is essential that the contract is entered into for the
settlement of any claim or litigation raised by or against the Council;
such matter to be reported in the next Bulletin. 
k) The contract is being funded by money provided by the government or
a public body (including funds from the National Lottery) and the award
of that money to the Council is subject to such conditions that make it
impractical for the Council to comply with these standing orders in
letting the contract.  However, in such circumstances, any relevant
requirements of the Principles of Procurement, the Procurement
Regulations, and the Procurement Reform Rules shall be complied with
and the Director of the procuring department shall submit a report to the
Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board explaining
the procedure used and why these standing orders could not be
complied with.  The report shall be submitted in advance of the contract
award unless, in the opinion of the HOFAP, the time limit for
acceptance or use of the funds makes this impractical.  In these
circumstances the report shall be submitted to the next meeting of the
Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board. 
l) The contract is for the commissioning of theatrical, musical, dramatic or
other artistic performances, subject to the prior approval of the HOFAP. 
m) The contract is for the disposal by the Council of surplus or scrap
materials and equipment previously used by the Council.  However,
advice and guidance on any such contracts shall be obtained from the
HOFAP and the HOCG. 
n) The contract is for Social Care and either: 
(i) a supported person has selected his or her support pursuant to
Option 2 and, so far as relating to that option, Option 4, of the
Social Care (Self- directed Support) (Scotland) Act 2013; or 
(ii) the nature of the care package being arranged for a person is
unique and cannot be provided for under existing Council
frameworks or contracts. 
Page 141 of 230

Page 142

9.2 The exemptions under standing orders 9.1 n) (i) and (ii) are subject to any
requirements applying under the Procurement Reform Rules and the Chief
Officer of Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Partnership in relation to
adult Social Care contracts, or the Director of Children’s Services in relation
to children’s Social Care contracts, in consultation with the HOFAP, being
satisfied that the contract terms and conditions are acceptable. 
9.3 These standing orders apply to contracts for Social and other Specific
Services and contracts for Health or Social Care Services unless varied by
the special arrangements set out in Schedule 5. 
10. Publicity for Tenders and Contracts 
10.1 The Council is under a duty to ensure that contracts it intends to award are
given a degree of advertising which is sufficient to enable open competition
and to meet the requirements of the principles of equal treatment, non-
discrimination and transparency.  Contracts that are subject to the
Procurement Regulations must comply with the provisions relating to
advertising of contracts in these Regulations.  For all other contracts the
Council must put in place procedures to meet its obligations with regard to
advertising those contracts.  Accordingly the following procedures shall
apply:- 
a) The obligation to advertise tendering opportunities for contracts in
terms of this standing order applies only to contracts for supplies or
services with a value of £50,000 or more and to contracts for works
with a value of £213,477 or more (inclusive of VAT). 
b) Contracts to which standing order 10.1 a) applies shall be advertised
using the Public Contracts website. 
c) In addition to advertising on the website referred to in standing order
10.1 b), the HOFAP may choose to advertise the contract in any other
way such as in trade journals or newspapers. 
d) The HOFAP shall ensure that the Council’s website contains links to
the Public Contracts website. 
10.2 This standing order does not apply where an exemption under contract
standing order 9 applies; or use can be made of the Negotiated Procedure
without Prior Publication of a Notice under contract standing order 14 ; or
the contract is for Social and Other Specific Services or for Health or Social
Care Services and one to which Schedule 5 applies. 
Page 142 of 230

Page 143

11. Procedures 
11.1 Where the estimated value of any contract is likely to equal or exceed the
thresholds for the application of the Procurement Regulations, the HOFAP,
taking advice from the HOCG where appropriate, will determine whether the
Procurement Regulations apply and ensure that the various requirements of
the Procurement Regulations and Principles of Procurement are followed. 
11.2 Where it is established that the Procurement Regulations apply to any
contract, the HOFAP will be responsible for determining the appropriate
procedure to be followed in terms of those Rules and shall ensure that the
contract is advertised, tendered, evaluated and awarded in compliance with
those Rules. The tendering procedures under the Rules are not set out in
these standing orders.  The procedures in standing orders 12 to 18 inclusive
may only be used where the Council is not required to use the equivalent
procedures in the Procurement Regulations. 
11.3 Any contract that is not required to follow a procedure set out in the
Procurement Regulations must be let in accordance with one of the
procedures set out in these standing  orders and must comply with any
guidance issued by the HOFAP. 
11.4 The procedure to be used, and the reasons for selecting that procedure,
shall be recorded in the Contract Strategy Document. 
11.5  The SPD shall be used in all procedures. 
12. Restricted Procedure 
12.1 In accordance with the agreed Contract Strategy Document, the HOFAP
may approve the use of the restricted procedure which shall be conducted in
accordance with this standing order. 
12.2  Where the HOFAP approves the use of the restricted procedure, a notice
shall be issued on the Public Contracts website.  In addition the HOFAP
may also publicise the contract more widely including placing the notice in
one or more national newspapers circulating within Renfrewshire inviting
contractors to apply to be selected to tender. 
12.3 The notice must contain the same information as would be required under
the Procurement Regulations.   
12.4 All applicants responding to the notice issued in terms of standing order 12.2
shall be required to provide a completed SPD by the date and time stated in
Page 143 of 230

Page 144

the notice.  This date and time shall be determined by the HOFAP taking
into account factors such as the complexity of the subject matter of the
contract and the time needed to prepare the SPD. 
12.5 At the same time as a notice is issued in terms of standing order 12.2, the
HOFAP shall make the relevant Contract Documents available
electronically. 
12.6 No contractor may be invited to tender unless they have successfully
complied with the technical and financial checks in standing order 25 and
have met the criteria to be invited to tender set out in the notice and
Contract Documents. 
12.7 The HOFAP must select a sufficient number of applicants to be invited to
tender to ensure genuine competition which must not in any event be fewer
than five.  Where fewer than five applicants express an interest, all those
applicants meeting the minimum evaluation criteria, must be invited to
tender. 
12.8 The HOFAP shall send invitations to tender simultaneously to each
applicant selected to tender for a contract and the invitation to tender shall
be accompanied by a link to the Contract Documents which shall have been
made available under standing order 12.5. 
12.9 The invitation to tender shall also include the final date and time for the
receipt of tenders by the Council- and the criteria to be used in evaluating
the tenders. 
13.  Open Procedure 
13.1 In accordance with the agreed Contract Strategy Document, the HOFAP
may approve the use of the open procedure which shall be conducted in
accordance with this standing order.   
13.2 Where the HOFAP approves the use of the open procedure, the HOFAP
shall issue a notice on the Public Contracts website.  In addition, the
HOFAP may also publicise the contract more widely including placing a
notice in one or more newspapers circulating within Renfrewshire.  
13.3 The notice must contain the same information as would be required under
the Procurement Regulations. 
13.4 The date and time stated in the notice by which tenders must be received
must be no sooner than 5 working days from the date the notice is published.
Page 144 of 230

Page 145

13.5 At the same time as a notice is issued in terms of standing order 13.2, the
HOFAP shall make the relevant Contract Documents available
electronically. 
14.  Negotiated Procedure without Prior Publication of a Notice 
14.1 The negotiated procedure without prior publication of a notice is only
available in very limited circumstances and shall only be used where it is
identified as the appropriate procedure in the Contract Strategy Document. 
14.2 The negotiated procedure without prior publication of a notice may only be
used with the prior written approval of the HOFAP and the Contract Strategy
Document shall include a full explanation as to why the HOFAP considered
it to be appropriate to use that procedure. 
14.3 Where the Procurement Regulations do not apply, the negotiated procedure
without prior publication of a notice may only be used in the circumstances
stated in the Procurement Reform Rules (Regulation 6 of the Procurement
(Scotland) Regulations 2016). 
14.4 Where the Procurement Regulations apply, the negotiated procedure
without prior publication of a notice may only be used on any grounds
specified in those Rules. 
14.5 For the purposes of these standing orders the negotiated procedure without
prior publication of a notice means the direct negotiations with a single
contractor without competition or further competition with a view to awarding
the contact to that contractor or extending an existing contract. 
14.6   Where the negotiated procedure without prior publication of a notice has
been used and the estimated value of the proposed contract is £50,000 or
more but does not exceed the Threshold the contract shall be awarded on
behalf of the Council by the CPU on the prior approval of the HOFAP. 
14.7  Where the negotiated procedure without prior publication of a notice has
been used and the estimated value of the proposed contract exceeds the
Threshold, the contract shall be awarded on behalf of the Council by the
HOCG on the prior authority of the Finance, Resources and Customer
Services Policy Board. 
14.8 In all cases where the negotiated procedure without prior publication of a
notice is used, a full written record of all contacts, discussions and
communications with prospective contractors shall be kept by the HOFAP.  
Page 145 of 230

Page 146

14.9 A minimum of two Council officers, at least one of whom must be from the
CPU and of at least Senior Procurement Specialist grade, must be present
at all times during any discussions with prospective contractors. 
14.10 The HOFAP must ensure that records of all discussions with prospective
contractors are signed as such by all participants. 
14.11 The Principles of Procurement will be observed at all times during the
negotiations. 
15 Competitive Procedure with Negotiation 
15.1 The HOFAP may choose to use the competitive procedure with negotiation
where, in the HOFAP’s view, the restricted and open procedures in these
standing orders are not appropriate for a contract. 
15.2 The competitive procedure with negotiation may only be used on one of the
following grounds: 
(a)  Where the needs of the Council cannot be met without adaptation of
readily available solutions; 
(b) Where the contract includes design or innovative solutions; 
(c) Where the requirement is complex in nature, in its legal and financial
make-up or because of its risks; 
(d) Where the technical specifications cannot be established with sufficient
precision; or 
(e) Where unacceptable or irregular tenders have been received following a
restricted or open procedure. 
15.3 The HOFAP shall ensure that the justification for use of the competitive
procedure with negotiation is recorded in the Contract Strategy Document. 
15.4 Where the HOFAP elects to use the competitive procedure with negotiation,
the rules for such a procedure set out in the Procurement Regulations shall
be followed.  However, where the Procurement Regulations would not
otherwise apply to the contract, the HOFAP shall determine the timescales
that are to apply to the procedure taking into account factors such as the
complexity of the subject matter of the contract. 
Page 146 of 230

Page 147

15.5 In all cases where the competitive procedure with negotiation is used, a full
written record of all contacts, discussions and communications with
tenderers shall be kept by the HOFAP. 
15.6 A minimum of two Council officers, at least one of whom must be from the
CPU and of at least Senior Procurement Specialist grade, must be present
at all times during any discussions with tenderers. 
15.7 The HOFAP must ensure that records of all discussions with tenderers are
signed as such by all participants. 
15.8 The Principles of Procurement will be observed at all times during the
negotiations. 
16. Competitive Dialogue Procedure 
16.1 The HOFAP may choose to use the competitive dialogue procedure where,
in the HOFAP’s view, the restricted and open procedures in these standing
orders are not appropriate for a contract. 
16.2 The competitive dialogue procedure may only be used on one of the
grounds set out in standing order 15.2. 
16.3 The HOFAP shall ensure that the justification for use of the competitive
dialogue is recorded in the Contract Strategy Document. 
16.4 Where the HOFAP elects to use the competitive dialogue procedure the
rules for such a procedure set out in the Procurement Regulations shall be
followed. However, where the Procurement Regulations would not otherwise
apply to the contract, the HOFAP shall determine the timescales that are to
apply to the procedure taking into account factors such as the complexity of
the subject matter of the contract. 
16.5 In all cases where the competitive dialogue procedure is used, a full written
record of all contacts, discussions and communications with tenderers shall
be kept by the HOFAP. 
16.6 A minimum of two Council officers, at least one of whom must be from the
CPU and of at least Senior Procurement Officer grade, must be present at
all times during any discussions with tenderers. 
16.7 The HOFAP must ensure that records of all discussions with tenderers are
kept and these must be signed as such by all participants. 
Page 147 of 230

Page 148

16.8 The Principles of Procurement will be observed at all times during the
competitive dialogue. 
17 Innovation Partnerships 
17.1 The HOFAP may choose to use the innovation partnership procedure
where, in the HOFAP’s view, there is a need for innovative works, products
or service which cannot be met by solutions already available on the market. 
17.2 The aim of the innovation partnership will be the development of the
required innovative works, products, or services and the subsequent
purchase of the resulting works, supplies, or services. 
17.3 The estimated value of the works, supplies or services must not be
disproportionate in relation to the investment required for their development. 
17.4 Where the HOFAP elects to use the innovation partnership procedure, the
rules for such a procedure set out in the Procurement Regulations shall be
followed.  However, where the Procurement Regulations would not
otherwise apply to the contract, the HOFAP shall determine the timescales
that are to apply to the procedure taking into account factors such as the
complexity of the subject matter of the contract. 
18 Quick Quotes 
18.1 Where a contract is for works, and the estimated value is below £500,000,
the HOFAP may elect to use the quick quote procedure. 
18.2 The procedures to be followed shall be the same as those set out in
paragraph 3 of Schedule 3 to these standing orders, notwithstanding that
the value of the contract will be greater than £50,000. 
19 Extensions to Existing Contracts 
19.1 Where the HOFAP considers that an existing contract should be extended
and the option to extend is given to the Council in terms of the contract, the
HOFAP may authorise the exercise of that option on behalf of the Council
provided that the value stated in the report under which approval to award
the contract was granted was the estimated total value of the entire contract
including any period of extension.   
19.2 Where the contract does not make provision for the extension of the
contract, the HOFAP shall not extend that contract.  However, a new
contract may be entered into if the use of the negotiated procedure without
Page 148 of 230

Page 149

prior publication of a notice can be justified in terms of these standing orders
in which case the procedure set out in standing order 14 shall be followed. 
19.3 For the purposes of standing orders 19.1 and 19.2, an extension of a
contract includes the option to increase the amount of supplies, services or
works acquired under the contract as well as the option to increase the
duration of the contract. 
19.4 Where in terms of standing order 19.1 and 19.2, the contract does not make
provision for the extension of the contract and the initial contract was not let
in accordance with the Procurement Regulations, the total value of the
contract including the value of any extension shall not exceed the
Threshold. 
20. Indicative Total Values of Contracts 
20.1 Where a contract has been advertised in accordance with the Procurement
Regulations and it becomes apparent to the Director of the procuring
department that the indicative total value of the contract as previously
reported to the appropriate Board or the Finance, Resources and Customer
Services Policy Board is likely to be exceeded, the Director shall consult
with the HOFAP for advice on what action requires to be taken.  The
HOFAP shall determine, in particular, whether there are any implications
under standing orders 19 or 34. 
20.2 Where a contract has not been advertised under the Procurement
Regulations and the increase in the value of the contract is such that the
Threshold is likely to be exceeded, no further orders shall be made under
the contract until the Director has obtained advice from the HOFAP on what
action requires to be taken. 
20.3 In all cases the HOFAP will determine what procedures require to be
followed in terms of standing order 34 and, where the value of the contract
exceeds the Threshold and the estimated net cumulative additional cost is
more than the greater of £100,000 or 25% of the approved contract value,
the Director shall ensure that a report on the matter is submitted to the next
meeting of the Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board. 
20.4 The HOFAP shall ensure that a condition is inserted in any such contract to
the effect that the indicative total value of the contract cannot be exceeded
without the approval of the Finance, Resources and Customer Services
Policy Board or the Director of the procuring service department where the
contract has been awarded in terms of standing order 27.3. 
Page 149 of 230

Page 150

21. E-Procurement 
21.1 This standing order shall apply to any tendering procedure (including for the
avoidance of doubt a mini-competition under a framework arrangement) or
contract entered into using electronic means.   
21.2 Unless in exceptional circumstances the HOFAP has agreed otherwise, all
procurement exercises or negotiated procedures shall be conducted by
electronic means (“e-procurement”), using a system approved by the
Council; 
21.3 The HOFAP must consider whether it is appropriate to impose any specific
requirements regarding verification and authentication of the tender
submission and the signature of the person making that submission.  Any
such requirements must be stated in the Contract Documents. 
21.4  No tender submitted using electronic means will be considered unless it is
received in the format requested and prior to the deadline for the receipt of
tenders as stated in the Contract Documents and  is submitted via the
Council approved electronic tender system. 
21.5  The HOFAP shall ensure that each tender is kept unopened in a single
secure electronic mailbox that cannot be opened before the deadline for the
receipt of tenders. 
21.6  The HOFAP shall ensure that insofar as is reasonably practicable the
system used does not allow the identity of the contractor submitting the
tender to be revealed prior to the tender being opened after the deadline for
the receipt of tenders. 
21.7  The HOFAP shall ensure that for each procurement exercise the system
used shall keep and, if required, produce a record showing the time and
date of receipt of all tenders received. 
21.8  The system used must not allow any tenders sent to the wrong address to
be received. 
21.9  Late tenders must be clearly identified as such by the system and shall be
recorded as rejected on the system with the tenderer being notified to this
effect. 
21.10 Any questions as to whether a tender is late shall be determined by the
HOFAP in consultation with the HOCG. 
Page 150 of 230

Page 151

21.11 The HOFAP shall extend the deadline for submission of tenders: 
i) where additional relevant information, although requested by a potential
tenderer in good time, is not supplied at least six days before the
deadline; or 
ii) where significant changes are made to the Contract Documents. 
21.12  The HOFAP may also elect to extend the deadline for submission of tenders
where it is considered appropriate to do so. 
21.13 Where the deadline for submission of tenders is extended by the HOFAP in
terms of standing orders 21.11 or 21.12 above, the HOFAP shall notify all
potential tenderers of the extension and any tenderers who have already
submitted tenders shall be given the opportunity to re-submit their tenders. 
21.14 This standing order shall also apply to the receipt and custody of tenders for
sub-contracts let using electronic means to be performed by nominated sub-
contractors. 
22 Opening of Tenders 
22.1 All tenders for a procurement exercise shall be opened immediately one after
the other during one session. 
22.2 A minimum of two officers, one of whom to be an officer of the CPU, shall be
present when tenders are opened.  The officers present shall complete and
sign the record prepared by the HOFAP to show who opened the tenders
and who witnessed the process. 
22.3 The Convenor and Depute Convener of the Finance and Resources Policy
Board shall be invited by the HOFAP to each tendering opening session
where the estimated value of the contract exceeds the Threshold. 
22.4 The HOFAP shall keep a record showing the particulars of each tender
received; the date and time these tenders were opened; and who was
present when these tenders were opened. 
23 Electronic Auctions 
23.1 For the purpose of these standing  orders, the expression “electronic
auction” means:- A repetitive process involving an electronic device for the
presentation of new prices, revised downwards, and/or new values
concerning certain elements of tenders, which occurs after an initial full
Page 151 of 230

Page 152

evaluation of the tenders, enabling them to be ranked using automatic
evaluation methods. 
23.2 The HOFAP may authorise the carrying out of an electronic auction where
satisfied that it is in the interests of the Council to do so and that the
electronic auction is in accordance with the Procurement Regulations. 
23.3 The HOFAP may only authorise the carrying out of an electronic auction
where he/she is satisfied that the likely benefit of an electronic auction will
outweigh the costs of undertaking the electronic auction. 
23.4 An electronic auction may only be carried out where the possibility of the use
of an electronic auction has been stated in the approved Contract Strategy
Document and subsequent Contract Documents issued to contractors and,
where the Procurement Regulations apply, in the contract notice. 
23.5  For the avoidance of doubt, an electronic auction may be used where
previous stages of a tendering procedure have not been undertaken using
electronic means. 
23.6  Before the HOFAP may proceed with an electronic auction, a full initial
evaluation of the tenders shall have been made in accordance with the
award criteria. All tenderers who have submitted admissible tenders shall be
invited simultaneously by electronic means to submit new prices and/or new
values. 
23.7  Throughout each phase of an electronic auction the HOFAP shall
instantaneously communicate to all tenderers involved at least sufficient
information to enable them to ascertain their relative rankings at any
moment. The HOFAP may also, at any time, announce the number of
participants in that electronic auction. In no case, however, may the HOFAP
disclose the identities of the tenderers during any phase of an electronic
auction. 
23.8  Prior to the commencement of any electronic auction, the HOFAP shall
intimate to all tenderers involved the date and time fixed for the carrying out
of the electronic auction and the proposed duration of the electronic auction
together with any proposals for the extension of the duration of the
electronic auction. 
23.9  Any electronic auction will be subject to such additional procedural
requirements as the HOFAP considers necessary. 
24. Submission of In-house Tenders
Page 152 of 230

Page 153

Where the Council has invited one of its own in-house services to tender, the
other contractors who have been invited to tender shall be advised of this
fact as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes known.  In such
circumstances, all necessary steps shall be taken to ensure that the
principles of fairness, equal treatment, non-discrimination and transparency
are adhered to.   
25. Technical and Financial Checks 
25.1 No tenderer may be awarded a contract for the supply of goods, materials or
services or the execution of works unless following a review of the proposed
contractor, the HOFAP is satisfied:- 
(a) in conjunction with the Director of the procuring department as to the
technical capability of the proposed contractor; and 
(b) in conjunction with the Director of Finance and Resources as to the
financial standing of the proposed contractor. 
25.2 The financial standing of proposed contractors shall be assessed using the
most up to date Financial Appraisal Guidelines approved by the Director of
Finance and Resources. 
25.3 It shall not be necessary to review the financial standing of proposed
contractors where:- 
(a)  the HOFAP has ascertained that the estimated aggregate value of the
contract and all other current contracts between the Council and the
proposed contractor is £100,000 or below; or 
(b)  it has been reviewed in the preceding 12 months from the date of
invitation to tender. 
25.4 Assessment of a tenderer’s technical capacity shall include a determination
by the HOFAP as to whether: 
(a)  the tenderer meets the selection criteria; and 
(b) any exclusion grounds under the Procurement Reform Rules, or where
appropriate the Procurement Regulations, apply to the tenderer.   
25.5 The assessment under standing order 25.4 shall be based initially on the
SPD submitted by the tenderer but, at any moment during the procedure,
Page 153 of 230

Page 154

the HOFAP may require the tenderer to submit all or any of the supporting
documents where the HOFAP considers this is necessary to ensure the
proper conduct of the procedure. 
25.6  Where a procedure requires a shortlist of participants to be prepared,
before a participant may be included on the shortlist the HOFAP shall:- 
(a) verify that the participant whom he/she intends to shortlist meets all
relevant criteria; and 
(b)  require the participant to submit such means of proof and supporting
documents that the HOFAP considers to be necessary. 
25.7   Before preparing any report to seek approval to award a contract, except a
contract which is a direct award under a framework, the HOFAP shall:- 
(a)  verify that the participant who is the proposed contractor meets all
relevant criteria; and 
(b) require the participant who is the proposed contractor to submit such
means of proof and supporting documents that the HOFAP considers
to be necessary. 
25.8 Where the HOFAP is unable to verify that a participant meets all relevant
criteria, or where a participant fails to submit such means of proof and
supporting documents as required by the HOFAP in terms of this standing
order 25, the participant shall be excluded from the procedure. 
25.9 The HOFAP shall keep a record showing the results of each check of the
technical capacity and financial standing of proposed contractors. 
26. Checking of Tenders & Post Tender Negotiations 
26.1 The HOFAP shall arrange for all tenders to be checked by suitably
experienced and/or qualified staff, taking account of the subject matter of the
tender and shall, if required by standing order 27.4, prepare and submit a
written report in respect of all the tenders received in a form that complies
with Schedule 6 to the Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy
Board and containing a specific recommendation as to the acceptance of
the successful tender or tenders and the reasons therefor. 
Page 154 of 230

Page 155

26.2 Where the HOFAP considers that a tender may be abnormally low, the
procedures in the Procurement Regulations and, where applicable, the
procedures prescribed by the HOFAP shall be followed. 
26.3 Once the evaluation of tenders has been completed, with the prior written
agreement of the Director of the procuring department, the HOFAP may
instruct members of CPU staff to enter into post tender negotiations.  Post
tender negotiations shall only be used in circumstances where the HOFAP
has identified a tenderer who has submitted the best price or the most
economically advantageous tender to the Council for a contract or part of a
contract and is satisfied that there is scope for improvement in the offer
received and that such negotiations will be in the best interests of securing
value for money or improved terms and conditions for the Council.  Post
tender negotiations may only be used with that tenderer so identified. The
post tender negotiations shall not be used to put other tenderers at a
disadvantage or to distort competition. 
26.4 Where it is considered possible that post tender negotiations might apply, a
clear indication will be given to prospective contractors in the instructions to
tenderers that post tender negotiations might be considered. 
26.5 Between the last date and time for the receipt of tenders and the date on
which a decision is taken as to which, if any, tender is to be accepted, the
HOFAP may instruct members of the CPU staff to contact a tenderer in
respect of any contract in cases where such contact may be necessary to
validate or clarify the terms of the tender or to effect any necessary
adjustments but for no other purpose.   
26.6 Notwithstanding the other terms of this standing order 26, where
examination of the tenders reveals obvious errors or discrepancies which
would affect the tender figures, these errors will be dealt with in the following
manner:- 
(a) Any obvious arithmetical errors will be rectified by the appropriate
officer checking the tenders and the amount of tender shall be held to
be the amount of the documents so rectified and the tenderer informed
in writing of the corrected amount. 
(b)   Where there is an obvious and genuine error in rates occurring, the
tenderer will be given the opportunity of either confirming that they
agree to their tender being considered with the error remaining or
withdrawing their tender.  This procedure must be undertaken in
writing.  Should the tenderer decide to withdraw their tender, it will not
Page 155 of 230

Page 156

be considered for acceptance. The tenderer must not be given the
opportunity to submit an amended tender.   
26.7 A full written record shall be kept by the HOFAP of all contracts where post
tender negotiations have been used and the written record will be retained
with the original tender.  The written record will include the justification for
authorising post tender negotiations, the nature of the negotiations
undertaken, the outcome of such negotiations and shall detail any additional
terms agreed by the Council. 
27.   Acceptance and Giving Reasons for Decisions 
27.1 Where the Council wishes to award a contract following a procurement
exercise involving more than one tenderer, the Council shall award the
contract to the tenderer that has submitted the most economically
advantageous tender based on an evaluation by the HOFAP of the criteria
set out in the Contract Documents.   
27.2 The HOFAP shall in relation to any contract awarded following the
evaluation of criteria set out in the Contract Documents, keep a written
record showing the assessment of each valid tender against those criteria. 
The written record shall demonstrate why the successful tender was
evaluated as being the most economically advantageous. 
27.3 In the case of contracts where the value is £50,000 or more but does not
exceed the Threshold, the CPU staff who conducted the tendering
procedure shall submit a report incorporating the details set out in Schedule
6, to the HOFAP and the Director of the procuring department for approval.   
If the HOFAP and the Director of the procuring department approve the
report and accept its recommendations, the HOFAP shall accept the
successful tenders on behalf of the Council. 
27.4 In respect of contracts where the estimated value exceeds the Threshold,
the successful tenders shall be accepted on behalf of the Council by the
HOCG on the prior authority of the Finance, Resources and Customer
Services Policy Board. 
27.5 The HOFAP may terminate any procedure at any time up to the award of the
contract where instructed to do so by the Director of the procuring
department or in any other circumstances where the HOFAP believes that
justification exists for that course of action.  Where a procedure is
terminated, all tenderers shall be informed by the HOFAP of the decision in
writing as soon as reasonably practicable. 
Page 156 of 230

Page 157

27.6 In accordance with the Procurement Reform Rules, where a participant is
excluded from a procedure at any stage before submitting a tender, the
HOFAP shall notify the participant in writing and provide reasons as soon as
reasonably practicable. 
27.7 All tenderers shall be informed in writing of the success or otherwise of their
tender as soon as is reasonably practicable after the approval of the
successful tender and shall be provided with reasons in accordance with the
applicable Procurement Regulations or Procurement Reform Rules.  Except
in the case of letters issued to successful tenderers by the HOCG in terms
of standing order 27.4, the HOFAP shall be responsible for writing to
tenderers. 
27.8 Except in the case of letters issued to successful tenderers by the HOCG in
terms of standing order 27.4, where e-procurement has been used, the
communication with tenderers in terms of standing order 27.7 above will be
undertaken using the Council’s e-procurement system. 
27.9 Where authority has been granted by the Finance, Resources and Customer
Services Policy Board under standing order 27.4 for the acceptance of the
successful tenders, the decision will be subject to the Council’s call-in
procedures as follows:- 
(a) the  Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board’s decision
shall be delivered in writing to the members of the Council’s leadership
board within two working days following the meeting of the Finance,
Resources and Customer Services Policy Board, and, subject to standing
order 27.9 (b) below, the decision shall not be implemented, and,
accordingly no communications under standing order 27.7 shall be issued,
until the expiry of a further five working days. 
(b) Until the expiry of the call-in period referred to in standing order 27.9 (a)
above, members of the leadership board shall be entitled to submit a notice
to require that the decision of the Finance, Resources and Customer
Services Policy Board be not implemented. Such a notice shall be in writing
and shall specify the reason why the decision should not be implemented,
either in terms of the correctness of the decision or because of the
importance or impact of the decision on the Council. If the notice is signed
by a majority of the members of the leadership board, and delivered to the
HOCG prior to the expiry of the period of five working days referred to in
standing order 27.8 (a) above, the decision which has been subject to the
notice, together with the relevant reports, shall be submitted to the next
meeting of the leadership board for consideration. The leadership board,
shall be entitled to either (a) confirm the decision, in which case it will be
Page 157 of 230

Page 158

implemented, or (b) refer the matter to the next meeting of the Council for
determination, or (c) remit the matter to the Finance, Resources and
Customer Services Policy Board for further consideration. 
27.10  Where the Procurement Regulations apply and authority has been granted
by the Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board under
standing order 27.4 for the acceptance of the successful tenders, no tender
shall be accepted until the date when the mandatory standstill period in
terms of those Rules has expired and the HOFAP and the HOCG are
satisfied that no valid challenge has been received to the contract award
decision. 
The mandatory standstill period is a period of at least 10 calendar days
between the date of dispatch of the letters issued in accordance with the
Procurement Regulations under standing order 27.7 and the date when it is
proposed to enter into the contract. 
27.11 Where, during the mandatory standstill period referred to in standing order
27.10 a valid challenge is made to the contract award decision, the HOFAP,
in consultation with the HOCG, shall prepare a report for the next meeting of
the Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board setting out the
nature of the challenge made and an explanation as to why the challenge is
valid. The report shall also make a recommendation regarding the award of
the contract or if the contract cannot be awarded, what further procedure, if
any, is required. 
27.12 All tender reports to the Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy
Board shall contain a confirmation from the HOFAP that these contract
standing orders have been properly observed and shall comply with the
tender report format in Schedule 6. 
27.13 This standing order shall also apply to any contracts initiated by a call-off
from a framework agreement.  However, where, and to the extent that, the
HOFAP considers it appropriate, prior approval for such contracts may be
requested at the same time that the establishment of, or participation in, the
framework agreement is being recommended to the Finance, Resources
and Customer Services Policy Board. 
28. Nomination of Sub-Contractor 
Where a contract provides for the nomination of a sub-contractor, the
appointment of a nominated sub-contractor shall comply with these standing
orders. 
Page 158 of 230

Page 159

29. Framework Agreements 
29.1 Where the HOFAP wishes to establish a Framework Agreement
(“Framework”) to provide for agreement on the terms for future contracts for
the purchase by the Council of goods, services and works,  the following
requirements shall be complied with:- 
(a) Where the Procurement Regulations apply, the HOFAP shall establish
the Framework in accordance with those Rules. 
(b) In all other circumstances:- 
i. The suppliers to be invited to tender will be selected from those who
have responded to a notice. 
ii. The notice shall be published in accordance with standing order 10. 
iii. The notice shall mention:- 
A) that the Council wishes to establish a Framework; 
B) a description of the goods, service or works which are to be
purchased under the Framework; 
C) a period being not less than 10  days from the date of publication of
the Notice, within which prospective participants may apply to be
sent the tender documents; and 
D) a closing date for expressions of interest to be submitted to the
Council. 
iv. at least five suppliers shall be invited to tender.  If fewer than five
tenderers apply to participate in the Framework, all of those tenderers
meeting the selection criteria shall be invited to participate. 
(c) Where a Framework is to be established, the Contract Documents must
contain the procedures to be used for the award of contracts under the
Framework. 
(d) The establishment of the Framework shall comply with standing order
27. 
29.2 Where a Framework has been established in accordance with standing
order 29.1 the HOFAP may award a contract under the Framework without
Page 159 of 230

Page 160

being required to seek further competition amongst the contractors on the
Framework.  However, the contract must be awarded in accordance with the
terms and procedures for award of contracts laid down in the Framework
and in compliance with standing order 27.   
29.3 Where a Framework has been established but it does not lay down all of the
terms of a proposed contract including, for example, where a new item can
legitimately be added to the Framework, the HOFAP shall hold a mini
competition procedure under the Framework in accordance with standing
order 29.4 below. 
29.4 Any mini-competition procedure in terms of standing order 29.3 shall be
conducted in accordance with the procedures laid down in the Framework
and the following:- 
a) every contractor on the Framework capable of performing the
contract shall be issued with an invitation to take part in the mini
competition.  All invitations shall be issued at the same time; 
b) the invitations shall specify the closing date and time for submission
of tenders under the mini competition procedure.  The time limit fixed
for the return of tenders shall take into account factors such as the
complexity of the subject matter of the contract and the time needed
to prepare a tender, but, in any event, shall be not less than 4
working days from the date the invitations are issued; 
c) each tender shall be kept confidential until the expiry of the time limit
for the receipt of tenders; 
d) any award of contract shall be made to the contractor or contractors
who submitted the best tender or tenders on the basis of the award
criteria specified in the Contract Documents based on the
Framework documents; and 
e) any award of contract following a mini competition procedure shall
comply with standing order 27. 
29.5 The HOFAP may elect to enter into contracts (whether through a call-off or
by the acceptance of a tender following a mini-competition) under an
existing Framework that has been properly constituted by the Scottish
Government; the Crown Commercial Service, or any other agency of the UK
government;  Scotland Excel; other Scottish Centres of Procurement
Expertise; other local authorities; and other collaborative bodies where the
Council is eligible to use these Frameworks and is permitted by the relevant
Page 160 of 230

Page 161

body to do so.  Any such contracts must be entered into in accordance with
the conditions applicable to the relevant Framework and in compliance with
standing order 27. 
29.6 Where a Regulated Contract is awarded following a call-off or mini-
competition under a Framework, the HOFAP shall publish an award notice
on the Public Contracts website. 
29.7 Where, in order to participate in an existing Framework of the type described
in standing order 29.5 above, the Council is required to enter into a
participation agreement or other similar agreement regulating the use of the
Framework by the Council, the HOFAP shall have the authority to enter into
the agreement on behalf of the Council, subject to the prior agreement of the
HOCG. 
29.8 Standing order 29.7 shall not apply where any fees or charges are payable
by the Council to enable participation in an existing Framework of the type
described in standing order 29.5 above.  In such circumstances, prior
approval of the Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board is
required before any participation agreement, or other similar agreement,
may be entered into. 
29.9 In all cases where a participation agreement, or other similar agreement,
has been entered into, this shall be reported by the HOFAP to the Bulletin
as soon as practicable. 
30 Dynamic Purchasing Systems 
30.1 The HOFAP may elect to establish and use a Dynamic Purchasing System
(“DPS”) if satisfied that: 
(a)  it is in the interests of the Council to do so; 
(b) the DPS will only be used for commonly used purchases the
characteristics of which, as generally available on the open market,
meet the Council’s requirements; and 
(c) the costs of the DPS will not outweigh the likely benefits of using the
DPS. 
30.2 Any DPS established under this standing order shall be operated as a
completely electronic process and, throughout its period of validity, shall be
open for the admission of any suppliers who meet the selection criteria set
by the HOFAP.
Page 161 of 230

Page 162

30.3 Where the HOFAP elects to establish and use a DPS, the rules for such a
procedure set out in the Procurement Regulations shall be followed. 
31 Concessions 
31.1 Where the Council intends to grant a services concession contract or a
works concession contract (“concession”), the HOFAP shall be responsible
for determining a best estimate of the financial value of the concession
which shall be in accordance with the Procurement Regulations, if
applicable. 
31.2 Based on the best estimate of the financial value of the concession, the
HOFAP shall determine the procedures that require to be followed in terms
of these standing orders and, where applicable, the Procurement
Regulations. 
32. Design Contests 
32.1 Where the HOFAP considers it appropriate to do so a design contest may
be held, which shall be a competitive procedure whereby plans and designs
are invited under predetermined rules in terms of which the successful entry
selected is awarded a contract. 
32.2 Where a design contest is to be held, a notice shall be placed on the Public
Contracts Scotland portal by the HOFAP in terms of standing order10.1 (b)
and in addition, may be placed in one or more national newspapers
circulating in the Renfrewshire area and also in such Trade Journals as the
HOFAP may consider necessary.   The notice shall state:- 
(a) that a design contest is being held; 
(b) a description of the project; 
(c) the place where a prospective competitor may obtain a copy of the
rules; and 
(d) the date not less than 14 days from the date of the publication of the
notice by which the prospective competitor must intimate, in writing,
their interest in being involved in the contest. 
32.3 After the expiry of the period specified in the notice, invitations to tender
shall be sent to at least three persons selected by the Director.  If fewer than
Page 162 of 230

Page 163

three persons have applied and are considered suitable by the HOFAP, then
invitations to tender shall be sent to all suitable persons.   
Where only one suitable applicant has applied the Director shall decide
either to abandon the contest or to negotiate with the sole suitable applicant
for the award of the contract using the Negotiated Procedure without Prior
Publication of a Notice in standing order 14. 
32.4 The prior approval of the Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy
Board is required before a design contest in terms of this standing order is
commenced. 
32.5 For the purposes of these standing orders a design contest means a
competition in which the Council:- 
(a) invites the entry of plans and designs; 
(b) establishes rules for the competition under which the plans or designs
will be judged by a jury; 
(c) may award prizes; and 
(d) is enabled to acquire the use or ownership of plans or designs selected
by the jury. 
33. Specification of Standards 
Where there is a recognised British, European or International Standard
applicable to any contract which is current at the date of tender, the Contract
Documents shall require that the goods, materials or services to be used or
supplied and all workmanship shall at least meet the requirement of that
standard. 
34. Assignation, Sub-Contracting, Termination and Modification 
34.1 In every contract, there shall be a provision whereby the contractor shall be
prohibited from transferring or assigning to any person or persons whatever,
any portion of the contract without the prior written consent of the Council. 
The HOFAP, in consultation with the HOCG and the Director of the
procuring department shall have the power to consent on behalf of the
Council to the assignation of a contract. 
Page 163 of 230

Page 164

34.2 The sub-contracting of any part of a contract except to the extent permitted
in writing by the HOFAP, in consultation with the HOCG shall be prohibited. 
34.3 The HOFAP may exercise any power on behalf of the Council to terminate
any contract or part of a contract or to terminate the Council’s participation in
a Framework Agreement or to agree to vary or amend the terms of any
contract but only following consultation with the Director of the procuring
department and the HOCG and subject to them all being satisfied that it is
reasonable and in the interests of the Council to exercise that power. 
34.4 Where it is proposed to modify a contract or framework, the HOFAP, taking
advice from the HOCG where appropriate, shall determine whether the
proposed modification would require a new procurement procedure.  For the
avoidance of doubt, modification includes any changes to the scope; terms
and conditions; value; or parties to the contract or framework. 
34.5 Where the HOFAP determines that a modification would not require a new
procurement procedure, the procedures under standing order 20 shall be
followed. 
35.  Liquidated and Ascertained Damages 
Where the Director of the procuring department and the HOFAP deem it to
be appropriate following consideration of the risks involved, the HOFAP
shall ensure that the contract provides for liquidated and ascertained
damages.   The amount to be specified in each such contract shall be
determined by the HOFAP and the Director concerned. 
36.  Prevention of Collusion and Corrupt or Illegal Practices 
In every written contract a clause shall be inserted to secure that the Council
shall be entitled to cancel the contract and to recover from the contractor the
amount of any loss resulting from such cancellation if the contractor or the
contractor’s representative (whether with or without the knowledge of the
contractor), shall have practised collusion in tendering for the contract or any
other contract with the Council or shall have employed any corrupt or illegal
practices either in the obtaining or performance of the contract or any other
contract with the Council. 
37.  Health and Safety 
No contract to which these standing orders apply will be accepted unless the
contractor satisfies the Council that the contractor is operating health and
safety policies which conform to current government legislation.
Page 164 of 230

Page 165

38. Schedule of Rates Contracts 
In every works contract which is a schedule of rates contract, following
discussion with the CPU and prior to invitations to tender being issued, the
Director of the procuring department shall fix an indicative total value for the
contract.  The relevant indicative total value shall be set out in any report to
the Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board. 
39. Sustainable Procurement 
39.1 The Council is committed to sustainable procurement and the HOFAP shall
be responsible for ensuring that the Council fulfils its Sustainable
Procurement Duty. 
39.2 The HOFAP shall , ensure that the Sustainable Procurement Duty is
considered in the development of every Contract Strategy Document for a
Regulated Procurement, taking into account how the Regulated
Procurement can 
a) improve the economic, social and environmental wellbeing of the
Renfrewshire area;
b) facilitate the involvement of small and medium enterprises, third
sector bodies and supported businesses in the Regulated
Procurement; and 
c) promote innovation.
39.3 Where improvements in terms of standing order 39.2 a) have been identified
in a Contract Strategy Document, the HOFAP shall ensure that the
Regulated Procurement is carried out with a view to securing such
improvements. 
40.   Consultants 
40.1  It shall be a condition of the engagement of the services of any consultant
that:- 
a) they shall comply with these contract standing orders as though they
were officers of the Council.   
b) that at any time during the performance of the contract the
consultant shall, on a request by the Director of the procuring
Page 165 of 230

Page 166

department, produce all records maintained by them in relation to the
contract and on completion of the contract transmit all such records
to the appropriate Director, if so required. 
40.2 All contracts for consultancy services must set out clear output targets for
performance by the consultant under the contract. 
40.3 In relation to all contracts for consultancy services, the original Contract
Documents shall, after checking, be lodged with the HOFAP. 
41.  Records and Registers 
41.1  The HOFAP shall maintain a contracts register in accordance with the
Procurement Reform Rules 
41.2  Where these standing orders require that records or registers are kept, the
approval of the HOCG shall be obtained prior to making arrangements for
the disposal of any such records or registers. 
41.3 The contracts register kept in accordance with standing order 41.1 is to be
regarded as a permanent record of the Council and is not to be destroyed or
disposed of. 
42. Procurement Strategy and Annual Report 
42.1 In accordance with the Procurement Reform Rules, the HOFAP shall
prepare and publish a procurement strategy setting out how the Council
intends to carry out Regulated Procurements in the next financial year.   
42.2 Where the Council’s procurement strategy for the current financial year
requires to be reviewed, the HOFAP shall make such revisions as are
considered appropriate and publish the revised strategy. 
42 .3 The HOFAP shall prepare and publish an annual procurement report on the
Council’s Regulated Procurement activities in relation any financial year as
soon as reasonably practicable after the end of that financial year.  
Page 166 of 230

Page 167

Schedule 1 
CONTRACT STRATEGY TEMPLATE WITH GUIDANCE 
CONTRACT NAME: 
CONTRACT REF: RC-CPU- 
Period:
Value: 
Executive Summary
Consideration should be given to the following when completing the executive summary:
Brief synopsis of what is detailed in the report (no new information should be detailed here)  
Key Findings, 
Benchmarking and opportunities, options considered,
Recommendations and key actions,
Benefits, Justification and projected savings,
Key risks and resource implications. 
CPU Lead Contact Details: Insert details
Strategy Approval
Endorsed by SCCM 
Date:
Signed by Head of
Service/Director of Service 
Date:
Signed by Head of Finance and
Procurement 
Date: 
Zone A – Development
Page 167 of 230

Page 168

Description of
requirement 
Associated Outcomes • 
• Council
Objective this
supports
• 
• Status of
requirement 
• Service
requesting
procurement
exercise 
• Financials  Allocated budget (cost centres/account codes), other funding considerations 
Budget: 
Account Code: 
Cost Centre: 
• Project Plan  • 
• Strategic
Planning &
Policy
Lead/Input
• 
• Influencing
factors 
• PESTLEE Analysis 
Political   
Social Demographic 
Technological 
Legal 
Environmental 
Ethical 
• Spend Analysis  • 
Opportunities  Collaboration 
Outsourcing 
Insourcing 
Page 168 of 230

Page 169

• Supply Market
Status, Analysis
and Risks
•  
• Sustainability/CB
Considerations
•  
Zone B – Tender
Type of Contract  
Procurement
Regulations applicable
to this exercise 
Council Standing Orders Relating to Contracts and applicable Regulations
Options Appraisal Procurement Process to be adopted and why?  (Benefits/Risks and Comparisons to
others) 
Length of Proposed
Contract Period 
Length of Proposed Contract Period and any potential extension options
Stakeholders  • (name and job title)
• (name and job title)
• (name and job title) 
Evaluation Panel  • (name and job title)
• (name and job title)
• (name and job title) 
SPD Considerations Standard Statements that are deemed applicable. Insert table below. 
1.     Instructions
Standard questions which do
not require alteration 
2.     Part I. Information concerning the procurement
procedure and the public body
3.     Part II. Information concerning the bidder.
A: Information about the bidder.
B: Information about representatives of the bidder
C: Information about reliance on the capacities of
other entities
D: Information concerning subcontractors on whose
capacity the bidder does not rely
4.     Part III. Exclusion criteria:
A: Grounds relating to criminal convictions.
B: Grounds relating to the payment of taxes or social
security contributions.
C: Blacklisting.
D: Grounds relating to insolvency, conflicts of interests
or professional misconduct.
5.     Part IV. Selection criteria
A: Suitability.
Note any professional or
trade registers or
memberships that are
required?
Page 169 of 230

Page 170

B: Economic and financial standing.
Turnover? Ratios?
Insurance? Any other
elements relevant?
C: Technical and professional ability.
References? Technical
bodies? SCM systems?
Qualifications? Plant/tools?
Samples? Certificates?
D: Quality assurance schemes and environmental
management standards.
Quality Management
Procedures? H&S?
E: Global indication for all selection criteria. NOT USED
6.     Part V. Reduction of the number of qualified
candidates. NOT USED
7.     Part VI. Concluding Statements Standard questions which do
not require alteration 
Scoring Methodology
(%) 
Price/Quality %. 
Questions?
Show breakdown for CB & FWP where applicable.
Community Benefit
Approach 
• Mandatory, Evaluated or Voluntary. If CB Outcome Menu used. Note any
engagement with CB Forum
H&S Level • Note which level of health and safety questionnaire that H&S have advised to
use.
Insurance Level • Note the Insurance levels you have assessed as appropriate, or by
recommendation from the Strategic Risk & Insurance Services Manager
Information
Governance 
• Note your Data Protection considerations and conclusion. Contact the Assistant
Managing Solicitor (Information Governance) for further assistance.
Cyber Security
Considerations
• Note any cyber security considerations relevant to this contract.
Planned Savings  • Detail any planned savings
P2P Considerations  • Note payment system and catalogue considerations.
Risks • Refer to risk register in appendix section. 
Zone C – Contract 
CSM  Considerations: lead CSM and segmentation analysis and outcome. 
https://www.procurementjourney.scot/route-3/route-3-contract-supplier-management-
planning-governance 
Planned KPI’s/SLA’s  Insert any planned KPI’s or SLA’s
Communication
Implementation Plan 
General overview of communication plan.
Exit Strategy  Refer to appendix.
Page 170 of 230

Page 171

Appendices
1. Project Plan  • This details the full project plan for the renewal of the Contract.
2. Implementation
Plan 
• This details the planned activity for the implementation of this Contract.
3. Risk Register  • This holds the identified risks that have been identified and that require
management during the lifecycle of this procurement exercise and
framework/contract life.
4. Exit Strategy • This details the planned exit strategy for when this framework/contract comes to
an end on expiry (or sooner if required). 
Page 171 of 230

Page 172

APPENDIX 1 – PROJECT PLAN 
Key Milestone Planned Start Date Anticipated
Completion Date
Project Start / Risk Register (Appendix B)  
Market Analysis/Scope  
Contract Strategy Completion Date  
Specification Deadline  
Stakeholder Consultation
(e.g. Insurance, H&S Levels and Legal)  
Advertisement & Tender Issue Date  
Tender Return Date  
Evaluation & Clarification Completion Date  
CAR/PSC Papers due for Approval by
Stakeholders  
PSC Date (if applicable)  
Contract Award Letter and Notice Published  
Implementation Plan 
Contract Start Date  
Supplier on Site Date ( if applicable)  
Contract Completion Date   
Page 172 of 230

Page 173

APPENDIX 2 – IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 
Contract Title:  Award letter dated :      Commencement Date :   
Cross Functional Project Team : 
Ref
No
Activity / Milestone Responsible
Owner
Key Staff
required
to input
to the
activity
Start
Date
Completion
Date Dependencies  Cost (if
appropriate)
Relevant Risks
(risk register
reference
numbers)
RAG
01                  
02                  
03       
04       
Page 173 of 230

Page 174

APPENDIX 3 – RISK REGISTER 
Contract -      
Award letter dated :  :                         
Commencement Date : 
Duration : 
Risk Register          
Key     
Probability/Impact     STATUS  
Very Low              1 P - Probability      
Low                      2     Open  
Potential               3 I  - Impact   
Likely                   4     Closed  
High                    5 E - Effect    
Ref Date
Raised 
Risk OWNER P I E Mitigating Actions P I E Status
1  
2           
3            
Page 174 of 230

Page 175

CONTRACT DETAILS
Contract Title 
APPENDIX 4 – EXIT STRATEGY 
Tender Document No 
CPU Lead Officer 
Date Created 
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE NEED FOR EXIT PLAN   
ITEMS TO BE HANDED OVER 
Key activities and milestone completion dates
Contract start date 
Optional Extensions 
Contract duration review(s) 
Contract exit strategy
implementation meeting
with supplier 
Contract review meeting
with internal stakeholders 
Contract review meeting
with supplier 
Other key dates, for example
data hand over, staff
transfer, IPR 
Contract handover to
Council / new supplier
commencement 
Contract end date 
Page 175 of 230

Page 176

Schedule 2 
Thresholds under the Procurement Regulations applicable
to the Council from 
1 January 2024 (all figures are inclusive of VAT) 
Public Contracts 
SUPPLIES     £214,904 
SERVICES      £214,904 
DESIGN       £214,904 
WORKS      £5,372,609 
SOCIAL AND OTHER SPECIFIC SERVICES  £663,540 
Concession Contracts    £5,372,609 
Utilities Contracts 
SUPPLIES      £429,809 
SERVICES      £429,809 
DESIGN      £429,809 
WORKS      £5,372,609 
Thresholds will next be reviewed– 1 January 2026 
Page 176 of 230

Page 177

Schedule 3 
Renfrewshire Council 
GUIDANCE NOTE
MINIMUM PROCEDURE FOR PLACING ALL CONTRACTS WITH A VALUE OF
LESS THAN £50,000 
Page 177 of 230

Page 178

Table of Contents 
1. Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 
2. Contracts between £0 and £24,999.99 (ex VAT) ...................................................................... 
3. Quick Quote (£25,000 - £49,999.99 ex VAT)............................................................................. 
4. Negotiated Procedure .................................................................................................................... 
5. Extension to Existing Contracts ................................................................................................... 
Appendix A ............................................................................................................................................ 
Appendix B ............................................................................................................................................ 
Appendix C ............................................................................................................................................ 
Page 178 of 230

Page 179

1. Introduction 
1.1. This guidance note details the Council’s procedures for placing contracts with a total
estimated value of less than £50,000, exclusive of VAT but only where no contract
exists.  Note that the use of existing contracts is mandatory. 
1.2. Where the Council has a Framework Agreement already in place covering the subject
matter of the contract, the contract must be awarded in terms of that Framework
Agreement; consult with CPU. 
1.3. This defines the minimum requirement for any such procurement exercise. However,
the HOFAP may decide to follow the Council’s Standing Orders relating to Contracts
for any contract, regardless of its value. 
1.4. Expressions used in this Guidance shall have the same meaning as that given to them
in the Council’s Standing Orders Relating to Contracts, unless this guidance provides
a different meaning. 
2. Contracts between £0 and £24,999.99 (ex VAT) 
2.1. The following procedures are to be adhered to, subject to the commodity and value of
the procurement exercise being undertaken. 
2.2. Values are not to be deliberately disaggregated to avoid the rules and to bring the
expenditure under the thresholds.  CPU will carry out random checks. 
2.3. The HOFAP and/or Director is to seek Best Value for the Council and where
applicable, must be able to clearly demonstrate transparency, non-discrimination and
equal treatment within the chosen tender process and in the award of a contract. 
2.4. The corporate Purchasing Card (PCard) is to be used as the preferred payment
mechanism for all spend under £2000. 
Supplies/Services/Works (excluding professional consultancy)
Title Threshold Procedure
Best Value £0 - £1,999.99
(ex VAT)
Low value tenders can be undertaken at council
officers’ discretion.  A written quotation is not
required provided that Best Value principles are
observed.
RFQ £2,000 - £24,999.99
(ex VAT)
Request for Quote (RFQ) carried out by council
officers
1.  3 written quotations (including email) from
competent suppliers;
Page 179 of 230

Page 180

Title Threshold Procedure
2.  Where only one supplier exists, see paragraph
4.2 below;
3.  Where contracts are considered high risk and/or
legally complex, consult with CPU;
4.  Suppliers to be given at least seven working days
to respond;
5.  RFQ response to include details of the supplier
and the price quoted;
6.  Written quotations to be retained for a minimum
period of 12 months. 
Professional Consultancy
Title Threshold Procedure
See separate “Guidance for the use of Consultants” on Renfo. 
See “procurement process flowchart” at Appendix A. 
3. Quick Quote (£25,000 - £49,999.99 ex VAT for Goods and Services;
£25,000 - £500,000 ex VAT for Works 
3.1  Quick quotes are to be carried out by CPU. 
3.2 The appropriate client/service department is to complete a “Quotation Request” at
Appendix B  and forward to the relevant CPU Strategic Category Manager for action. 
3.3 CPU shall invite a minimum of four (4) suppliers to quote, (of which a minimum of 75%
should be local suppliers from the Renfrewshire area) where possible, using the “Quick
Quote” facility on the Public Contracts Scotland (PCS) web portal
(www.publiccontractsscotland.gov.uk), and utilising the guidance provided in the
Procurement Journey as best practice.   
3.4 Suppliers shall be selected from those registered for that category on the PCS web
portal and the selection shall not be restricted to existing suppliers. 
3.5 Where there are fewer than four (4) suppliers registered, CPU shall carry out a
proportionate level of research to encourage new suppliers to register on PCS.  Failing
that, all qualifying suppliers will be invited to submit quotations.  In the event that there
is only one qualifying supplier, CPU shall use the negotiated procedure in terms of
paragraph 4 below. 
3.6 A written specification shall be prepared by the appropriate client/service department,
which must contain sufficient detail to enable the supplier to determine what is
Page 180 of 230

Page 181

expected in terms of performance of the contract and to enable the Council to monitor
the quality of that performance.
3.7 As a minimum the specification will incorporate:-
3.7.1 a clear description of what the supplier will be expected to provide under the
contract;
3.7.2 information about how the Council will pay for what is to be provided under the
contract;
3.7.3   details of the level of service to be provided under the contract, including, but
not restricted to, timescales for delivery or performance and any performance
measures set by the Council;
3.7.4 the evaluation criteria to be used for the award of the contract;
3.7.5 the terms and conditions applicable to the contract;
3.7.6  the appropriate level of insurance. 
3.8    The timescale permitted for the return of quotations must be sufficient to allow all of
those invited the same opportunity to respond.   
3.9 Once the evaluation process has been completed, CPU shall obtain sign off where
appropriate, from the Director, or authorised representative, using the “Contract
Authorisation report” at Appendix C, before issuing award letters to suppliers. 
3.10 Any contract shall be awarded to the supplier/s who has submitted the Most
Economically Advantageous Tender (MEAT), taking into account the price offered and
the supplier’s response to any quality or other criteria set by the Council.   
3.11 CPU shall be responsible for writing to the supplier(s) to inform them of the outcome of
the quotation. 
3.12  The contract award is to be published on www.publiccontractsscotland.gov.uk 
4. Negotiated Procedure 
4.1 The HOFAP may use the negotiated procedure, but only where the following limited
grounds apply:- 
4.1.1 where as a result of the invitation of competitive tenders, no valid offer or only
one valid offer complying with specification has been received; provided always
that no significant changes are made to the tender documents that were
previously issued; or 
Page 181 of 230

Page 182

4.1.2 where the HOFAP is satisfied that the requirement of the contract is unique or,
after research, only one suitable source of supply can be identified; or 
4.1.3 where the HOFAP is satisfied that for reasons of technical complexity or
compatibility or for reasons connected to the protection of exclusive rights,
subsequent deliveries of equipment or goods or the provision of services
require to be purchased from the original supplier; or 
4.1.4 where in the case of a supply contract, the goods to be purchased or hired are
to be manufactured purely for the purpose of research, experiment, study or
development, but not when the goods are to be purchased or hired to establish
their commercial viability or to recover their research and development costs; 
or 
4.1.5 when (but only if strictly necessary) for reasons of extreme urgency brought
about by events unforeseeable by and not attributable to the Council, it is not
possible to comply with the procedures in paragraphs 2 and 3; or 
4.1.6 where in the case of a services or a supply contract, in the opinion of the
HOFAP it is in the interests of the Council to take advantage of particularly
advantageous bargain available for a very short period of time at a price
considerably lower than normal market prices; or 
4.1.7  where pending the letting of a contract (“the main contract”) it is necessary to
award a short term contract to cover the period up to the commencement of the
main contract.  However, the short term contract shall be for a period of no
more than six months and shall not exceed £50,000 for the duration of the full
contract. 
4.2 For contracts having a value of less than £25,000 (see paragraph 2.4 above), the
Director is free to use the negotiated procedure where to do so is in the interests of the
Council and represents Best Value.   
4.3 In all cases where negotiated procedures have been used in terms of this paragraph 4,
a full written record of all contacts, discussions and communications with prospective
suppliers shall be kept by CPU or the Director, together with a full explanation as to
why it was considered it to be appropriate to use the negotiated procedure. 
5. Extension to Existing Contracts 
5.1 Where the Director considers that an existing contract should be extended and the
option to extend is given to the Council in terms of the contract, the HOFAP may
authorise the exercise of that option on behalf of the Council.   For the avoidance of
Page 182 of 230

Page 183

doubt, where the contract does not make provision for the extension of the contract,
the HOFAP shall not extend that contract unless the use of the negotiated procedure
can be justified in terms of this Guidance and the procedure in paragraph 4 of this
Guidance and, where appropriate, standing order 12 of the Council’s Contract
Standing Orders have been followed. 
5.2 For the purposes of paragraph 5.1 of the Council’s Contract Standing Orders an
extension of a contract includes the option to increase the amount of supplies, services
or works acquired under the contract as well as the option to increase the duration of
the contact. 
Page 183 of 230

Page 184

Appendix A
Renfrewshire Council Procurement Process
To be carried out by Service/Client Department
Supplies/Work/Services
£2,000 to £24,999.99(exc VAT)
Supplies/Work/Services
£0 - £1999,99 (exc VAT) Professional Consultancy
Is it a Framework?  Contracts
need to be awarded in line
with the Framework terms. 
Consult CPU
Low value tenders can be
undertaken at Council Officers
discretion.  A written quotation
is not required, but must
adhere to best value principles
Is the contract legally complex
and or high risk – if so consult
CPU
The Corporate Purchasing
Card (PCard) is to be utilised
as the preferred payment
method for all spend under
£2,000
Obtain three (3) written
quotes, allow 7 working days
for supplier to respond.  Quote
to include supplier details &
price .  Retain written
quotation for 12 months
Check Council contracts,
including Scotland Excel
Check Council contracts,
including Scotland Excel
Is it a Framework?  Contracts
need to be awarded in line
with the Framework terms. 
Consult with CPU
See ‘Guidance for the use of
Consultants’ All Values
Page 184 of 230

Page 185

Appendix B
Quotation Request Form
Spend below £49,999.99 
SECTION ONE:
1.1 DEPARTMENT DETAILS
Contract Name 
Requesting department 
Requesting contact Print Name:
Signature:
Date created  Latest date for
commencement of
contract 
Estimated value of
requirement 
Budget amount 
For I.T purchases only  Departments must discuss I.T. requirements with I.T. department to
ensure compatibility with current I.T. systems
1.2 AUTHORISATION
Department authorised
signature (Grade N or
above)
Print Name: 
Signature:
CPU authorised signature
(Grade K or above)
Print Name:
Signature: 
SECTION TWO:
2.1 CURRENT SITUATION
New requirement / Based on existing contract Circle as appropriate. New Requirement
If based on an existing contract N/A
Purchase order number 
Historical spend Annual Spend:
Total Spend:
Period of the original
contract 
Name of current
contractor 
Page 185 of 230

Page 186

SECTION THREE: 
3.1 REQUIREMENT DETAILS
Please provide a full specification, including quantity, description, delivery required and delivery
address along with any special requirements/conditions relating to this quotation exercise. 
Please provide a proposal for the evaluation criteria. 
The 
3.2 KNOWN CONTRACTORS
Please provide details of known contractors that should be encouraged to register on Public Contracts
Scotland.  Details should also be provided of known local (within the Renfrewshire area) contractors. 
Please note that CPU shall invite a minimum of four (4) suppliers to quote, (of which 75% should be
local suppliers from the Renfrewshire area) where possible.  
A different group of potential suppliers should be selected where possible if the requirement is a
recurring or similar.  
Reasons should be stated below if local suppliers are not appropriate or available and/or why different
potential suppliers have not been selected. 
Page 186 of 230

Page 187

SECTION FOUR:
4.1 CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
Once the tender/quotation exercise has been completed the client department must manage the
contract which shall include raising of orders and co-ordinating the payment of invoices.
Nominated client department
contract manager 
Nominated client
department contact
details
Phone:
Email:
Page 187 of 230

Page 188

Appendix C
Contract Authorisation Report 
To:  Enter Name of Director
Director of Enter Name of Dept
On: Date 
Joint Report 
by
Chief Executive Services and (Enter Dept) 
Subject:  Enter tender description
1. Summary
1.1 Should include: An outline of the purpose of the contract, state the reasons for
tender, links to any National programmes, “A Commodity Strategy was approved by
................ on .../.../.... “  State if Supplies, Works or Services.  Programme
Reference should also be included where appropriate.
2. Recommendations
2.1 State: The Supplier(s) you wish to award the contract/framework to, Contract
number, contract name, contract value and start and end date.  Include extension
timeframe of contract if applicable.
3. Background
3.1 Summary: What Process was used eg Quick Quote, where the contract was
advertised.  If Crown Commercial Services was used, what process was followed
thereafter.  Were Mini tenders used?  Was it an E-auction?  Where the restricted
process has been used, the report should provide details of the selection process
i.e. numbers of expressions of interest, how many ITPs were returned and how
many ITTs were issued.  Also, state the number of companies to whom ITTs were
issued but who failed to submit a bid.
3.2 PCS Compliance: Confirm any above GPA Threshold legislative routes that were
followed, what the GPA threshold for the Goods, Works or Services being
purchased is and the timescales involved.  Are Schedule 3, Social Care services a
factor?
3.3 Standing Order Compliance: state the specific clauses that are being acting upon.
3.4 Tender Information: Give details on the evaluation.  This should include the number
of   bids received, the number of compliant / non-compliant bids (if non-compliant –
state why).  Use the table below to detail the scoring (Add further rows where more
than price and quality were assessed), financial position of winning tenderer and
Page 188 of 230

Page 189

pricing for all bids.  Where the lowest bid was not accepted state why.  When
declaring pricing information in the table below please remember that commercially
sensitive information such as labour rates should not be disclosed. 
Supplier A Supplier B Supplier C Supplier D Supplier E
Price     
Quality     
Delivery     
Total     
3.5 Financial: Give detail on the original budget and state the savings against the budge
or existing unit cost/benchmark.
3.6 Programme reference, where appropriate. e.g. Is the tender part of a Capital
programme that has required prior board approval?
3.7 Commercial Specifics: Give detail on any bonding arrangements. e.g. Bonds, parent
company guarantees, retentions, Insurances.
3.8 Where applicable: Statutory approvals obtained. e.g. has appropriate Planning
permission been obtained. Are there any other permissions that should be
considered?
3.9 Where applicable: Council ownership or equivalent of site or buildings.
3.10 Where applicable: Conclusions, discussion where necessary.  If community benefits
will not be delivered state why these where not sought/achieved.
Enter appendix/reference text here – if none, then delete this sentence 
*To be signed for all spend between £50,000 to GPA Threshold
This report has been authorised by:
Director or Head of Service
Enter Name  and Category Manager
Enter Name
Signed:   
*To be signed for all spend between £25,000 to £50,000
This report has been authorised by:
Authorised Signatory (Note: an authorised
signatory is an individual who has the and Category Manager
Enter Name
Page 189 of 230

Page 190

delegated authority to approve the spend
from the respective service department  and
is listed on the RC authorised signatory
database)   
Sign:
*Delete box as appropriate 
(Author: enter details - an appropriate name and telephone number/e-mail address should
be included so that the officer specified will be able to be contacted in relation to the
report and to receive a copy of the action note following the meeting).)  
Page 190 of 230

Page 191

Schedule 4 
Guidance on Grants 
What is a grant?
A “grant” is a donation paid by the Council to an organisation to be used for a
specified purpose which the Council wishes to support to help meet the Council’s
strategic objectives and benefit the community.  
In effect, a grant is a gift of financial assistance from the Council with conditions
attached.  The attached conditions must be either grant conditions approved by the
Council or grant conditions required to be included by an organisation providing
funding for the purpose of the grant.  Whereas these conditions impose limits and
instructions on how the grant may be used, they do not set out the precise details of
any services to be provided nor do they prescribe how the specified purpose will be
achieved.  Grants are different from loans in that there is no expectation that any part
of the grant will be repaid provided the conditions of grant are complied with.  If the
conditions are breached, the Council’s only remedy is to demand that the grant be
repaid. 
What procedures require to be followed when a grant is being provided? 
The Council has approved grant conditions and procedures for grants.  No grant
shall be paid unless these procedures are followed and a binding agreement is in
place setting out conditions that apply to the grant.  Any questions regarding these
procedures and terms and conditions must be referred to legal services. 
Do the Procurement Regulations apply to grants?
There are some circumstances in which a grant might be viewed as a public services
contract for the purposes of the Procurement Regulations.  The Procurement
Regulations set out the detailed procedural rules that apply to the purchase of works,
services and supplies by the Council.  Under the rules, a “public services contract” is
defined as “a contract, in writing, for consideration (whatever the nature of the
consideration) under which a contracting authority engages a person to provide
services”.  Therefore, these rules do not apply to straightforward grants.  However,
distinguishing between contracts, to which the rules would apply, and grants, to
which they do not, is often difficult, for example, where the Council directs what, or
Page 191 of 230

Page 192

how, services are to be provided or derives any benefit from them.  Where there is
any doubt, advice must be obtained from legal services. 
What about Subsidies?
Even where the Procurement Regulations do not apply, the rules on subsidies are an
important consideration.  These are a complex set of rules which prohibit subsidies
being paid by public bodies, such as the Council, which could confer any unfair
advantage on an organisation or distort competition.  An example would be where
the council gives a sum of money to only one of a number of local organisations who
provide a service to the community, without there being any competition for that
funding.  The other organisations could claim that there has been an unfair subsidy
paid to the organisation that was given the grant because they too could have
provided the service if they had been given the opportunity.   
There are some limited exceptions and financial limits below which funding is not
considered to be a subsidy but, broadly, for a grant to be classed as a subsidy , the
following criteria require to be met:-
• It is given by a public authority. This can be at any level – central, devolved,
regional or local government or a public body;
• It makes a contribution (this could be a financial or an in kind contribution) to
an enterprise, conferring an economic advantage that is not available on
market terms. Examples of a contribution are grants, loans at below market
rate, or a loan guarantee at below market rate or allowing a company to use
publicly owned office space rent free. An enterprise is anyone who puts goods
or services on a market. An enterprise could be a government department or
a charity if they are acting commercially; 
• is specific, i.e. it benefits one or more enterprises over one or more other
enterprises with respect to the production of goods or services, and 
• It has, or is capable of having, an effect on competition or investment
within the UK, or on trade or investment between the UK and another country
or territory. The latter  can be trade with any World Trade Organisation
member or, more specifically, between the UK and a country with whom it has
a Free Trade Agreement. For example, if the subsidy is going towards a good
or a service which is traded between the UK and the EU this could affect trade
between the EU and the UK. (Please note that you are not being asked
whether the subsidy could harm trade but merely whether there could be
some sort of effect.) 
Page 192 of 230

Page 193

A breach of the subsidy rules could have serious consequences for the Council. 
Therefore, any concerns about whether a grant could be considered a subsidy must
be referred to legal services. 
Is a competitive process needed where neither the Procurement Regulations nor the
rules on Subsidies apply? 
In some circumstances, such as where only limited funding is available or if
applicants for grant funding have similar purposes, a competitive application process
may be appropriate to determine how funding should be allocated whether or not the
Procurement Regulations or the rules on subsidies apply.   
As it is a public body, the Council has certain duties when dealing with grants.  It
must act in a fair, transparent and consistent manner and all potential grant
recipients must be treated equally.
Page 193 of 230

Page 194

Schedule 5 
Special Arrangements for Contracts for Social and Other
Specific Services and for Health or Social Care Services 
Unless varied by the special arrangements set out in this Schedule 5, the foregoing
standing orders apply to contracts for Social and Other Specific Services and
contracts for Health or Social Care Services.  The special arrangements are as
follows: 
A. Procedures for the Award of Contracts for Social and Other Specific Services 
A.1 Where a contract is for Social and Other Specific Services and the estimated
value of the contract is equal to or greater than the threshold for Social and
Other Specific Services, the HOFAP shall follow the relevant procedures for
such services set out in the Procurement Regulations and the Procurement
Reform Rules. 
B. Procedures for the Award of Contracts for Health or Social Care Services 
B.1 Where a contract is for Health or Social Care Services and the estimated
value of the contract is less than the threshold for Social and Other Specific
Services, instead of using the procedures set out in the foregoing standing
orders, the HOFAP may elect to follow the procedures set out in the
Procurement Reform Rules.  In such circumstances, the HOFAP in
conjunction with the Chief Officer of Renfrewshire Health and Social Care
Partnership in relation to contracts for services for adults, or the HOFAP in
conjunction with the Director of Children’s Services in relation contracts for
services for children, may decide, that offers shall not be sought for example
where: 
(a) it can be demonstrated that the contract is of no interest to service
providers in other EU member states;  and/or 
(b) the total sum to be paid under the contract is so low that service providers
located in other EU member states would not be interested in bidding for
the contract; and/or 
(c) the service is of such a specialised nature that no cross-border market of
suitable service providers exists; and/or 
(d) advertising the contract would result in the loss of a linked service; and/or 
Page 194 of 230

Page 195

(e) the services required by a service user can best be provided by the service
user’s existing service provider. 
B.2 Where a decision is taken under paragraph B.1 above that offers shall not be
sought, the HOFAP and the Chief Officer of Renfrewshire Health and Social
Care Partnership in relation to contracts for services for adults or the HOFAP
and the Director of Children’s Services in relation to contracts for services for
children Social Care contracts shall agree if and how the contract shall be
advertised. 
B.3 Where a decision is taken under paragraph B.2 above not to advertise the
contract, the Negotiated Procedure without Prior Publication of a Notice set
out in standing order 14 shall be followed. 
C. Guidance from the Scottish Government 
C.1  Subject to standing order 9.3, contracts for Health or Social Care Services
shall be procured in accordance with the Scottish Government’s Guidance on
the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014 and Guidance on the
Procurement of Care and Support Services 2016 (Best-Practice) issued under
Scottish Procurement Policy Note SPPN 7/2016(as such may be amended or
replaced). 
C.2 In the event of any conflict between these standing orders and the Guidance
referred to in paragraph  C.1 above, the Guidance shall prevail. 
C.3 Any legal issues arising from the Guidance referred to in paragraph C.1 above
shall be referred to the HOCG in accordance with standing order 6.3. 
D. SCSWIS and other Mandatory Registration 
D.1 All Contractors providing Health or Social Care services to the Council must
be registered with Social Care and Social Work Improvement Scotland
(SCSWIS) (commonly known as the Care Inspectorate) and/or any other
regulatory bodies relevant to the service provided. 
E. Review of Decisions 
E.1 Any decision taken under paragraph B.1 or B.2 shall be reviewed at regular
intervals by the HOFAP and the Chief Officer of Renfrewshire Health and
Social Care Partnership in relation to adult Social Care contracts or the
HOFAP and the Director of Children’s Services in relation to children’s Social
Care contracts.
Page 195 of 230

Page 196

Schedule 6
Note: Officers must download and use the current approved version of the Board Report from Renfo
Report to: Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board 
On: Select date here.
By: Enter name and title here.
Concerning: Enter description here.
I. List of Background Papers 
(1) Background Paper 1 or delete row if not used    
The foregoing background papers will be retained within Enter department name for inspection by the public
for the prescribed period of four years. 
The contact officer within the department is Enter contact name and title.
II. Consultation Checklist 
Implications None Minor Significant Officer Consulted 
Financial    
IT    
Legal    Must Consult Legal 
HR and Organisational
Development    
Property    
Health and Safety    
Equal Opportunities    
Procurement    Must Consult CPU 
Risk    
Other Departments    
Community/Council Plan    
The appropriate officers within the relevant departments have been consulted and have approved the contents
of the report for their own interest. 
III. The following Community Planning Partners have been consulted in the preparation of this report. 
Partner Organisation  Officer Consulted   
IV. The following forums have been/are to be* consulted on the contents of this report: 
disability,  ethnic minorities,  carers,  elderly,  youth,  tenants * 
V. An equality impact assessment has been carried out/is not required* in terms of the Council's scheme.  
VI. This report has been authorised for inclusion in the agenda of the above meeting by: 
Enter name of Director or Head
of Service
Signed
and Enter name of Convenor (Convener)
*   delete as appropriate
Page 196 of 230

Page 197

Agenda Item No 
Renfrewshire Council 
To:  Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board 
On: Enter date of Sub Committee meeting 
Joint Report 
by
Enter submitted by names (CPU &Dept) 
Contract Authorisation Report
1. Summary 
1.1 Should include: An outline of the purpose of the contract, state the reasons
for tender, links to any National programmes, “A Commodity Strategy was
approved by …………. on …/../….” State if Supplies Works or Services.
Programme Reference should also be included where appropriate.
2. Recommendations 
2.1 State: The Supplier(s) you wish to award the contract/ framework to,
Contract number, contract name, contract value and start and end date.
Include extension timeframe of contract if applicable. 
3. Background 
3.1 Summary : What Process was used (Open, Restricted, Negotiated.), where
the contract was advertised.  If a framework was used, if so what process
was followed thereafter. Were Mini tenders used? Was it an E-auction?
Where the restricted process has been used, the report should provide
details of the selection process i.e. numbers of expressions of interest, how
many PQQs were returned and how many ITTs were issued. Also, state the
number of companies to whom ITTs were issued but who failed to submit a
bid. 
3.2 EU Compliance : Confirm any EU legislative routes that were followed,  what
the EU threshold for the Goods Works or Services being purchased and the
timescales involved. Are Part B services a factor? 
3.3 Standing Order Compliance: state the specific clauses that are being acted
upon.
Page 197 of 230

Page 198

3.4 Tender Information: Give details on the evaluation. This should include the
number of bids received, the number of compliant / non compliant bids (if
non-compliant – state why). Use the table below to detail the scoring (Add
further rows where more than price and quality were assessed), Financial
position of winning tenderer and pricing for all bids. Where the lowest bid
was not accepted state why. When declaring pricing information in the table
below please remember that commercially sensitive information such as
labour rates should not be disclosed. 
Supplier A Supplier B Supplier C Supplier D Supplier E
Price     
Quality     
Total     
3.5 Financial: Give detail on original budget and state the savings against the
budget or existing unit cost/benchmark.
3.6 Programme reference, where appropriate. e.g. Is the tender part of a Capital
programme that has required prior board approval?
3.7 Commercial Specifics: Give detail on any bonding arrangements. e.g. Bonds,
parent company guarantees, retentions, Insurances.
3.8 Where applicable: Statutory approvals obtained. e.g. has appropriate
Planning permission been obtained. Are there any other permissions that
should be considered?
3.9 Where applicable: Council ownership or equivalent of site or buildings.
3.10 Where applicable: Conclusions discussion where necessary If community
benefits will not be delivered state why these where not sought/achieved. 
Implications of this report 
1.  Financial Implications 
– Savings and details of the Financial Appraisal on the winning bidder 
2.  HR and Organisational Development
– e.g. TUPE 
Page 198 of 230

Page 199

3. Community Plan/Council Plan Implications 
Enter any detail concerning SME bids at this stage. e.g. partnering
arrangements with SMEs and winning bidder. Also detail any positive
outcome from community benefit clauses included in the tender. 
Wealthier and
Fairer
- Enter description 
Smarter  - Enter description 
Healthier  - Enter description 
Safer and
Stronger 
- Enter description
Greener  - Enter description
Developing our
Organisation 
- Enter description 
4.  Legal Implications 
– This should be covered in the Background section in detail but in
particular the risk of challenge should be covered here. 
5.  Property Implications 
– Enter description 
6.  Corporate services Implications 
– If the tender relates to a purchase that will impact IT strategy. i.e.
Software purchases that require hosting and server space 
7.  Equal Opportunities Implications 
(Please select the statement applicable to the recommendations contained within this board report
and delete remaining statements) 
(a) The recommendations contained within this report have been
assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for
infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified
arising from the recommendations contained in the report
because for example it is for noting only.   If required following
implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and
Page 199 of 230

Page 200

the mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the
results of the assessment will be published on the Council’s
website.  (Report author to arrange this). 
(b) The recommendations contained within this report have been
assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights.
Some negative impacts on equality groups or potential for
infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified
arising from the recommendations contained in the report. 
Mitigating actions are detailed in section XXX of this report.  A full
copy of the Equality Impact Assessment undertaken is available
from the report author. Following implementation, the actual impact
of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed
and monitored.  (Report author to arrange this). 
The results of the assessment will be published on the Council’s
website 
(c) The recommendations contained within this report have been
assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights.
Some negative impacts on equality groups or potential for
infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified and
not all can be fully mitigated. Despite the potential for adverse
impact it is believed that it is reasonable and proportionate to take
the action recommended in the report and a full explanation for this
decision is contained within section XXXX of this report.   
In addition mitigating actions that have been identified are detailed
in section YYY of this report.   A full copy of the Equality Impact
Assessment undertaken is available from the report author.
Following implementation, the actual impact of the
recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and
monitored. 
The results of the assessment will be published on the Council’s
website. (Report author to arrange this). 
8.  Health and Safety Implications
– Enter description 
9. Procurement Implications
Page 200 of 230

Page 201

– Enter description  
10. Risk Implications
– Enter description 
11. Privacy Impact – enter details – reference should be made to the corporate  Privacy Impact
Assessments (PIAs) procedure that PIAs should be conducted,  by all Services, in circumstances
where policies and decisions have  implications for the use of personal and/or sensitive personal
information held  by the Council. Advice is available from the Principal Information Officer 
List of background papers 
(a) Background  Paper 1 (delete row if not used or add further rows if required or state ‘none’) 
The foregoing background papers will be retained within (Enter service name) for
inspection by the public for the prescribed period of four years from the date of the
meeting.  The contact officer within the service is (enter contact name, title, telephone
number, and e-mail address) 
The inclusion of background papers is based on a legislative requirement. Background
papers are those which the officer responsible for the report considers contain
information upon which the report was based and which that officer has relied upon to
a material extent in preparing the report. 
The only things which are exempted are published works and documents which contain exempt information or
confidential information.    The officer responsible for the report must prepare a list of background papers.  That
list and a copy of all the documents on the list then requires to be kept open for inspection by the public for a
period of four years from the date of the meeting. 
Enter reference text here (author:     Enter name / phone number  of author here.) 
Appendix 1 
- delete page / section if not required 
Page 201 of 230

Page 202

Page 202 of 230

Page 203

___________________________________________________________________
To:  Council
On:  25 September 2025
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Executive
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Second Review of Scottish Parliamentary Boundaries 
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1 Boundaries Scotland conduct reviews of Scottish Parliamentary
constituency and region boundaries every 8-12 years. The Second
Review commenced on 1 September 2022 with the first consultation
commencing on 17 May 2023. The Council has responded to each
phase of the four phases of consultation and was also afforded the
opportunity to reiterate its responses at two local inquiries.
1.2 The detailed background to the first three phases of consultation, and
the Council’s responses to these consultations were set out in the
report submitted to the meeting of the Cross Party Sounding Board
held on 12 February 2025, a copy of which can be viewed through the
following link:    
https://renfrewshire.cmis.uk.com/renfrewshire/Meetings/tabid/70/ctl/Vie
wMeetingPublic/mid/397/Meeting/6472/Committee/155/Default.aspx
1.3 The details of the fourth phase of consultation and the Council’s
response thereto is set out in section 3 of this report.
1.4 The Final Recommendations for the Second Review of Scottish
Parliament Boundaries was submitted to Scottish Ministers on 30 April
2025. The Recommendations have been approved by the Scottish
Parliament and, subject to approval by the Privy Council, the new
Item 8
Page 203 of 230

Page 204

boundaries will be effective at the next Scottish Parliament election
scheduled for 7 May 2026.
1.5 This report sets out the Final Recommendations approved by the
Scottish Parliament insofar as they relate to Renfrewshire, highlighting
changes to existing Scottish Parliament names and boundaries and
alterations to polling district boundaries and coding. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations
Council is asked to:
2.1 Note the Final Recommendations of the Second Review of Scottish
Parliamentary Boundaries as approved by the Scottish Parliament; 
2.2 Approve the changes to the polling districts and polling places as set
out in the appendices to this report for use in all elections and
referenda until the next review of the polling arrangements.  
_________________________________________________________
3. Background
3.1 Boundaries Scotland published its Provisional Proposals for Scottish
Parliament constituencies in May 2023 which set out to:
• take account of council area boundaries.
• create constituencies and regions that had broadly the same
number of electors. The electorate quota was calculated as 59,902.  
• take account of special geographical considerations (including in
particular the size, shape and accessibility of a constituency or
region).
• take account of local ties and other inconveniences caused by
changes to constituencies.
3.2 The constituency design approach saw Renfrewshire included in a
grouping with East Renfrewshire, Inverclyde and Glasgow City
Councils. 
3.3  Boundaries Scotland’s Revised Proposals for Scottish Parliament
constituencies were published on 16 April 2024. The revised proposals
in respect of the Paisley and Renfrewshire West constituency took on
board a number of the Council’s observations to the provisional
proposals. However further issues were highlighted and submitted to
Page 204 of 230

Page 205

Boundaries Scotland relative to the new Erskine and Cardonald
constituency.
3.4 Further Proposals for constituency boundaries and Provisional
Proposals for new region boundaries were published by Boundaries
Scotland on 26 September 2024. 
3.5 At that time, Boundaries Scotland also published its Provisional
Proposals for region boundaries. There are eight Scottish Parliament
regions, each returning seven regional (list) MSPs. The rules governing
the boundary setting process for regions state “a constituency must fall
wholly within a region” and “the regional electorate must be as near the
regional electorate of each of the other regions as is practicable, having
regard (where appropriate) to special geographical considerations.
3.6 Further details of the first three phases of consultation and the
Council’s response to each stage were set out in some detail in a report
submitted to the meeting of the Cross Party Sounding Board held on 12
February 2025, a copy of which can be viewed through the following
link:    
https://renfrewshire.cmis.uk.com/renfrewshire/Meetings/tabid/70/ctl/Vie
wMeetingPublic/mid/397/Meeting/6472/Committee/155/Default.aspx
3.7  Having considered responses to the previous round of consultation,
Boundaries Scotland published Additional Proposals for constituencies
and Revised Proposals for regions for the Scottish Parliament on 24
January 2025.
3.8 The main Boundaries Scotland proposals took into account many of the
Council’s comments previously submitted.  The more significant new
proposals were:
• The Erskine, Renfrew and Cardonald constituency was renamed
Renfrewshire North and Cardonald
• Langbank was included in the new Renfrewshire North and
Cardonald constituency (previously had been included in the
Renfrewshire West constituency) and Glasgow airport was returned
to the Paisley constituency, following existing Ward boundaries
• The Renfrewshire West constituency was renamed Renfrewshire
West and Levern Valley 
• The boundary of the proposed constituency at the Phoenix Retail
Park was amended to follow Ward boundaries
• In terms of region proposals the Renfrewshire North and Cardonald
constituency would now sit in the West Scotland Region and not the
Glasgow Region. This last proposal had been a principal area of
objection by the Council. 
Page 205 of 230

Page 206

3.9 The principal outstanding matter related to the inclusion of the entire
Glasgow City Council Cardonald Ward in the Renfrewshire North and
Cardonald constituency and the impact that this had on the
constituency’s electorate. The addition of Langbank to the constituency
further increased the electorate from 62,842 to 63,745 (based on 2022
electorate figures). Given the continuing significant developments in
Dargavel and Renfrew the electorate would continue to grow to
become one of Scotland’s largest constituencies, if not, the largest. 
3.10 The Council made further representations to Boundaries Scotland
relative to the new name for the former Renfrewshire South
constituency, that this constituency be renamed Renfrewshire South
and Levern Valley and not Renfrewshire West and Levern Valley as set
out in the consultation and the rapidly increasing size of the new
Renfrewshire North and Cardonald constituency. 
4. Final Recommendations 
4.1 The Final Recommendations submitted to the Scottish Parliament on
30 April 2025 did not take on board any of the Council’s concerns
detailed in paragraphs 3.9 and 3.10 above. 
4.2 Accordingly the three Scottish Parliamentary Constituencies approved
by the Scottish Parliament were: 
Constituency
name
Desig-
nation
Council 
area
Ward Ward Name Electorate 
(1 Sep
2022)
Total
Elect-
orate
Variation
from
electorate
quota 
(59,902)
Paisley Burgh Renfrewshire 2
(part)
Renfrew
South
and
Gallowhill 
3,942    
Renfrewshire 3 Paisley
North-east
and Ralston 
9,069    
Renfrewshire 4 Paisley
North-west 
13,813    
Renfrewshire 5 Paisley East
and Central 
10,182    
Renfrewshire 6 Paisley
South-east 
9,534  
Page 206 of 230

Page 207

Renfrewshire 7 Paisley
South-west 
12,030 58,570 -2.2%
Renfrewshire
North and
Cardonald
County Renfrewshire 1 Renfrew
North and
Braehead
13,674    
Renfrewshire 2
(part)
Renfrew
South and
Gallowhill
5,447    
Renfrewshire 11
(part)
Bishopton,
Bridge of
Weir and
Langbank
9,047    
Renfrewshire 12 Erskine and
Inchinnan
13,133    
Glasgow City 4 Cardonald 22,444 63,745 +6.4%        
Renfrewshire
West and
Levern
Valley
County East
Renfrewshire
1 Barrhead,
Liboside and
Uplawmoor
14,481    
East
Renfrewshire
2
(part)
Newton
Mearns
North and
Neilston
4,278    
Renfrewshire 8 Johnstone
South and
Elderslie
13,239    
Renfrewshire 9 Johnstone
North,
Kilbarchan,
Howwood
and
Lochwinnoch
12,016    
Renfrewshire 10 Houston,
Crosslee
and Linwood
12,820    
Renfrewshire 11
(part)
Bishopton,
Bridge of
Weir and
Langbank
4,148 60,982 +1.8% 
4.3  Maps of the three new constituencies are attached as appendices 1-3
to this report. 
4.4 The new Scottish Parliamentary constituency boundaries have been
mapped and this has highlighted a number of geographical changes to
polling district boundaries: a number of polling districts now sit within
different Scottish Parliamentary constituencies and two of the
constituencies have been renamed. These changes have required
amendments to be made to the numbering protocol for polling districts.
The Polling District references will look quite different in some polling
Page 207 of 230

Page 208

places and the reference protocol is also explained in Appendix 4. In
some cases, where polling districts lie within the same UK and Scottish
Parliament Constituency and same Council Ward the opportunity has
been taken to amalgamate those districts and renumber accordingly. 
Appendix 4 to this report highlights all the changes which have been
made. 
4.5 The changes in Wards 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 12 are minor involving district
renumbering and polling district amalgamations where appropriate.
However, in Ward 12 it is proposed that voters in polling district NN14
(previously NN21) will vote at Barsail Primary School rather than
Erskine Baptist Church. This change is recommended as the location of
the Church makes access challenging for voters with disabilities. 
4.6 In Ward 2 there are changes as a result of part of the former NN07
polling district and all of the former NN12 polling district now falling in
the Paisley Constituency. 
4.7 In Ward 4 there are changes as a result of the former NN13 polling
district now falling in the Paisley Constituency. 
4.8 In Wards 8, 9 and 10 the changes are to polling district codes as they
now fall in the renamed Renfrewshire West & Levern Valley
constituency. 
4.9 In Ward 11 the ward there are various changes arising from the new
boundary between the Renfrewshire North and Cardonald and
Renfrewshire West & Levern Valley constituencies with the Ward being
split between the two. The former NN16 polling district has been split
by the new boundary requiring two new polling districts to be created.
The new NN10 will fall within Renfrewshire North and Cardonald and
the new NW03 in Renfrewshire West & Levern Valley. The remainder
of the polling districts have been renumbered or had their code
changed to reflect which of the two constituencies they now fall in. 
4.10 Appendix 5 to the report sets out the potential Scottish Parliamentary
election polling plan for the three constituencies that fall either wholly or
predominately within the Renfrewshire Council area. 
4.11 The Returning Officer for Renfrewshire has historically acted as the
Regional Returning Officer for the West Scotland Region. It is
anticipated that this will remain the position. There is little significant
change to the West Scotland Region other than Cardonald not being
part of that area.  The constituencies making up the West Scotland
Region are: Paisley; Renfrewshire North and Cardonald; Renfrewshire
West and Levern Valley; Clydebank and Milngavie; Cunninghame
North; Cunninghame South; Eastwood; Inverclyde (previously called
Greenock and Inverclyde); and Strathkelvin and Bearsden. 
Page 208 of 230

Page 209

4.12 It should be noted that the final proposals agreed by the Scottish
Parliament will be subject to final approval by the Privy Council, which
is scheduled to give consideration to this matter in October 2025.
However, it is not anticipated that this will result in anything other than
approval of the boundaries as approved by the Scottish Parliament.
_________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial - none   
2. HR & Organisational Development - none. 
3. Community/Council Planning – none   
4. Legal – as detailed in the report 
5. Property/Assets - none 
6. Information Technology - none
7. Equality & Human Rights 
(a) The Recommendations contained within this report have been
assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for
infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified
arising from the recommendations contained in the report. If
required following implementation, the actual impact of the
recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed
and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be
published on the Council’s website.   
8. Health & Safety - none 
9. Procurement - none.
10. Risk - none
11. Privacy Impact - none 
12. Climate Risk - none
13. Children’s Rights - none.
14. Cosla Policy Position - none
Page 209 of 230

Page 210

_______________________________________________________
List of Background Papers 
(a) Second Review of Scottish Parliament Boundaries  - Initial Proposals -
Constituencies published May 2023 
(b) Second Review of Scottish Parliament Boundaries – Revised Proposals –
Constituencies published April 2024 
(c) Second Review of Scottish Parliament Boundaries – Further Proposals –
Constituencies and Provisional Proposals – Regions published 26 September
2024 
(d) Second Review of Scottish Parliamentary Boundaries – Publication of Additional
Proposals for constituencies and Revised Proposals for regions for the Scottish
Parliament 
All the foregoing can be found at Second Review of Scottish Parliament Boundaries |
Scottish Boundary Commission 
(e) Report to meeting of Renfrewshire Council held on 22 June 2023 “Second
Review of Scottish Parliamentary Boundaries – Publication of Provisional
Proposals for Constituencies” 
(f) Report to meeting of Cross Party Sounding Board held on 23 October 2024   
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author:           
Mark Conaghan
Head of Corporate Governance
mark.conaghan@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Telephone: 0300 300 0287
Page 210 of 230

Page 211

Appendix 1
Page 211 of 230

Page 212

Appendix 2
Page 212 of 230

Page 213

Appendix 3
Page 213 of 230

Page 214

Page 214 of 230

Page 215

Appendix 4
Reference Protocol
NN
polling district  references with the ‘NN’ prefix denote a polling
district which is in Paisley and Renfrewshire North constituency
for UK Parliamentary General Elections and Renfrewshire North
and Cardonald for Scottish Parliamentary Elections.
SP
polling district references with the ‘SP’ prefix
denote a polling district which is in Paisley and Renfrewshire South
constituency for UK Parliamentary General Elections and Paisley for
Scottish Parliamentary Elections.
NP
polling district  references with the ‘NP’ prefix denote a polling
district which is in Paisley and Renfrewshire North constituency
for UK Parliamentary General Elections and Paisley for Scottish
Parliamentary Elections.
SW
polling district references with the ‘SW’ prefix denote  a polling
district which is in Paisley and Renfrewshire  South constituency for
UK Parliamentary General Elections and Renfrewshire West and
Levern Valley for Scottish Parliamentary Elections.
NW
polling district references with the ‘NW’ prefix denote a polling
district which is in Paisley and Renfrewshire North
constituency for UK Parliamentary General Elections and
Renfrewshire West and Levern Valley for Scottish
Parliamentary Elections.
IW
polling district references with the ‘IW’ prefix denote  a polling
district which is in Inverclyde constituency for  UK Parliamentary
General Elections and Renfrewshire West and Levern Valley for
Scottish Parliamentary Elections
EW
polling district references with the ‘EW’ prefix denote a polling
district which is in East Renfrewshire but is included in
Renfrewshire West and Levern Valley for Scottish
Parliamentary Elections
PK
For both UK and Scottish Parliamentary Elections, polling districts
prefixed with a PK reference denote that these polling districts are
in the Glasgow Cardonald ward. The Glasgow City Council
references have been kept for administrative reasons.
Existing Polling District Reference Existing Polling Place Proposed Polling District Reference Proposed Polling Place Comments
NN01 Renfrew Town Hall & Museum, Renfrew Cross, Renfrew, PA4
8PF NN01 Renfrew Town Hall & Museum, Renfrew Cross, Renfrew, PA4 8PF Amalgamated with NN03.
NN02 Kirklandneuk Community Centre, Ness Road, Renfrew, PA4
9DE NN02 Kirklandneuk Community Centre, Ness Road, Renfrew, PA4 9DE No change
NN03 Renfrew Town Hall & Museum,  Renfrew Cross, Renfrew, PA4
8PF NN01 Renfrew Town Hall & Museum,  Renfrew Cross, Renfrew, PA4 8PF Amalgamated with NN01.
NN04 McMaster Centre, Robertson Park, Donaldson Drive, Renfrew,
PA4 8LX NN03 McMaster Centre, Robertson Park, Donaldson Drive, Renfrew, PA4
8LX Change of polling district numbering.
NN05 King George V Sports Pavilion, Dean Park Road, Renfrew, PA4
0AN NN04 King George V Sports Pavilion, Dean Park Road, Renfrew, PA4
0AN Change of polling district numbering.
NN06 St James' Primary School, 10 Brown Street, Renfrew, PA4 8HL NN05 St James' Primary School, 10 Brown Street, Renfrew, PA4 8HL Change of polling district numbering.
POLLING DISTRICT CHANGES BY WARD
Ward 1 - Renfrew North and Braehead
Page 215 of 230

Page 216

NN07 Gallowhill Community Centre, 210 Netherhill Road, Paisley,
PA3 4SF NP01 Gallowhill Community Centre, 210 Netherhill Road, Paisley, PA3
4SF
Change to polling district code - now in the Paisley
Constituency.
Amalgamated with part of existing NN08.
NP01 Gallowhill Community Centre, 210 Netherhill Road, Paisley, PA3
4SF
Area of district around Arkleston Cemetery now in
the Paisley Constituency.
Amalgamated with existing NN07 to form new NP01
which votes at Gallowhill Community Centre.
NN06 Glynhill Hotel, 169 Paisley Road, Renfrew, PA4 8XB Remainder of district is in the Renfrewshire North &
Cardonald Constituency and renumbered to NN06.
NN09 Arkleston Primary School, 125 Cockels Loan, Renfrew, PA4
0EL NN07 Arkleston Primary School, 125 Cockels Loan, Renfrew, PA4 0EL Change of polling district numbering.
NN10 Newmains Primary School, 8a Lang Avenue, Renfrew, PA4
0DA NN08 Newmains Primary School, 8a Lang Avenue, Renfrew, PA4 0DA Change of polling district numbering.
NN11 St James' Primary School, 10 Brown Street, Renfrew, PA4 8HL NN09 St James' Primary School, 10 Brown Street, Renfrew, PA4 8HL Change of polling district numbering.
NN12 St Catherine's Primary School, 28a Brabloch Crescent, Paisley,
PA3 4RG NP02 St Catherine's Primary School, 28a Brabloch Crescent, Paisley,
PA3 4RG
Change to polling
district code - now in the Paisley Constituency.
NP01 Williamsburgh Primary School, Lacy Street, Paisley, PA1 1QF NP03 Williamsburgh Primary School, Lacy Street, Paisley, PA1 1QF Amalgamated with existing NP08.
Change of polling district numbering.
NP02 Ralston Community Sports Centre,  Penilee Road, Paisley PA1
1AX NP04 Ralston Community Sports Centre,  Penilee Road, Paisley PA1 1AX Change of polling district numbering.
NP03 Ralston Community Centre, 6 Allanton Avenue, Paisley PA1
3BL NP05 Ralston Community Centre, 6 Allanton Avenue, Paisley PA1 3BL Change of polling district numbering.
NP08 Williamsburgh Primary School, Lacy Street, Paisley, PA1 1QF NP03 Williamsburgh Primary School, Lacy Street, Paisley, PA1 1QF Amalgamated with existing NP01 - now NP03
NN13 Beechwood Community Centre, 26 Shortroods Road, Paisley,
PA3 2NT NP06 Beechwood Community Centre, 26 Shortroods Road, Paisley, PA3
2NT
Change to polling
district code - now in the Paisley Constituency.
Amalgamated with existing NP04.
NP04 Beechwood Community Centre, 26 Shortroods Road, Paisley,
PA3 2NT NP06 Beechwood Community Centre, 26 Shortroods Road, Paisley, PA3
2NT Amalgamated with existing NN13 - now NP06
NP05 Disability Resource Centre, Love Street, Paisley,  PA3 2EA NP07 Disability Resource Centre, Love Street, Paisley,  PA3 2EA Change of polling district numbering.
NP06 Tannahill Centre, 76 Blackstoun Road, Paisley PA3 1NT NP08 Tannahill Centre, 76 Blackstoun Road, Paisley PA3 1NT Amalgamated with existing NP07
NP07 Tannahill Centre, 76 Blackstoun Road, Paisley PA3 1NT NP08 Tannahill Centre, 76 Blackstoun Road, Paisley PA3 1NT Amalgamated with existing NP06 - now NP08
SP02 Martyrs Church Hall, King Street, Paisley, PA1 2LS SP01 Paisley West Church, King Street, Paisley, PA1 2LS Change to polling district numbering.
Change to polling place name - same location.
SP03 St Mary's Primary School, 4 Maxwellton Road, Paisley, PA1
2RJ SP02 St Mary's Primary School, 4 Maxwellton Road, Paisley, PA1 2RJ Change to polling district numbering.
SP04 St Charles Church Hall,  5 Union Street, Paisley, PA2 6DU SP03 St Charles Church Hall,  5 Union Street, Paisley, PA2 6DU Change to polling district numbering.
SP06 West End Community Centre, 5A Underwood Lane, Paisley,
PA1 2SL SP04 West End Community Centre, 5A Underwood Lane, Paisley, PA1
2SL Change to polling district numbering.
Glynhill Hotel, 169 Paisley Road, Renfrew, PA4 8XB
Ward 2 - Renfrew South and Gallowhill
Ward 3 - Paisley Northeast and Ralston
Ward 4 - Paisley Northwest
NN08
Page 216 of 230

Page 217

SP07 St Andrew's Academy, 125 Barrhead Road, Paisley, PA2 7LG SP05 St Andrew's Academy, 125 Barrhead Road, Paisley, PA2 7LG Change to polling district numbering.
SP08 Hunterhill Community Centre, Blackford Road, Paisley,PA2 7EN SP06 Hunterhill Community Centre, Blackford Road, Paisley,PA2 7EN Change to polling district numbering.
SP09 Paisley Marriage Suite, Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street,
Paisley, PA1 1BU SP07 Paisley Marriage Suite, Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street, Paisley,
PA1 1BU Change to polling district numbering.
SP10 Todholm Primary School, 260 Lochfield Road, Paisley, PA2 7JE SP08 Todholm Primary School, 260 Lochfield Road, Paisley, PA2 7JE Change to polling district numbering.
SP11 South End Action Centre, Stock Street, Paisley PA2 6NL SP09 South End Action Centre, Stock Street, Paisley PA2 6NL Change to polling district numbering.
SP12 Williamsburgh Primary School, Lacy Street, Paisley, PA1 1QF SP10 Williamsburgh Primary School, Lacy Street, Paisley, PA1 1QF Change to polling district numbering.
NP09
Paisley Marriage Suite, Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street,
Paisley, PA1 1BU/
Disability Resource Centre, Love Street, Paisley,  PA3 2EA
NP09
Paisley Marriage Suite, Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street, Paisley,
PA1 1BU/
Disability Resource Centre, Love Street, Paisley,  PA3 2EA
0 current electors
Electors, if any in the future, will vote at the Disability
Resource Centre for UK Parliamentary Elections and
at Paisley Marriage Suite for Scottish Parliamentary
and Local Government Elections.
SP13 Glenburn Community Centre, 30 Fairway Avenue, Paisley, PA2
8DX SP11 Glenburn Community Centre, 30 Fairway Avenue, Paisley, PA2
8DX Change to polling district numbering.
SP14 Glenburn Resource Centre, 19 Donaldswood Road, Paisley,
PA2 8EA SP12 Glenburn Resource Centre, 19 Donaldswood Road, Paisley, PA2
8EA Change to polling district numbering.
SP15 Bushes Primary School, , Grampian Avenue, Paisley PA2 8DW SP13 Bushes Primary School, Grampian Avenue, Paisley PA2 8DW Change to polling district numbering.
SP16 South Parish Church, 123 Rowan Street, Paisley, PA2 6RZ SP14 South Parish Church, 123 Rowan Street, Paisley, PA2 6RZ Change to polling district numbering.
SP17 St Charles Church Hall, 5 Union Street, Paisley, PA2 6DU SP15 St Charles Church Hall, 5 Union Street, Paisley, PA2 6DU Change to polling district numbering.
SP18 Brediland Community Centre, 30 Cardell Road, Paisley, PA2
9AF SP16 Brediland Community Centre, 30 Cardell Road, Paisley, PA2 9AF Change to polling district numbering.
SP19 Brediland Primary School, Achray Drive, Paisley PA2 9DJ SP17 Brediland Primary School, Achray Drive, Paisley PA2 9DJ Change to polling district numbering.
SP20 Foxbar Rivers Community Building, Spey Avenue, Paisley, PA2
0PA SP18 Foxbar Rivers Community Building, Spey Avenue, Paisley, PA2
0PA Change to polling district numbering.
SP21 Heriot Primary School, 10 Heriot Avenue, Paisley PA2 0DS SP19 Heriot Primary School, 10 Heriot Avenue, Paisley PA2 0DS Change to polling district numbering.
SP22 Foxbar Community Centre, 30 Amochrie Road, Paisley PA2
0LB SP20 Foxbar Community Centre, 30 Amochrie Road, Paisley PA2 0LB Change to polling district numbering.
SP23 Langcraigs Primary School, 245 Glenfield Road, Paisley PA2
8QE SP21 Langcraigs Primary School, 245 Glenfield Road, Paisley PA2 8QE Change to polling district numbering.
Ward 6 - Paisley Southeast
Ward 7 - Paisley Southwest
Ward 5 - Paisley East and Central
Page 217 of 230

Page 218

SP05 Tannahill Centre, 76 Blackstoun Road, Paisley PA3 1NT SW01 Tannahill Centre, 76 Blackstoun Road, Paisley PA3 1NT
Change to polling district code
(now in Renfrewshire West &
Levern Valley)
SP01 Elderslie Village Hall, Stoddard Square, Elderslie, PA5 9AS SW02 Elderslie Village Hall, Stoddard Square, Elderslie, PA5 9AS
Change to polling district code
(now in Renfrewshire West &
Levern Valley)
Amalgamated with existing SS01
SS01 Elderslie Village Hall, Stoddard Square, Elderslie, PA5 9AS SW02 Elderslie Village Hall, Stoddard Square, Elderslie, PA5 9AS
Change to polling district code
(now in Renfrewshire West &
Levern Valley)
Amalgamated with existing SP01 - now SW02
SS02 Johnstone Castle Community Centre, Pine Crescent, Johnstone
PA5 0BX SW03 Johnstone Castle Community Centre, Pine Crescent, Johnstone
PA5 0BX
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS03 St David's Primary School,  West Johnstone Shared Campus,
Beith Road, Johnstone, PA5 0BB SW04 St David's Primary School,  West Johnstone Shared Campus, Beith
Road, Johnstone, PA5 0BB
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS04 Cochrane Castle Community Centre, 1 Burns Drive, Johnstone
PA5 0HJ SW05 Cochrane Castle Community Centre, 1 Burns Drive, Johnstone PA5
0HJ
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS05 Fordbank Primary School, 23B Teviot Terrace, Johnstone PA5
0NP SW06 Fordbank Primary School, 23B Teviot Terrace, Johnstone PA5 0NP
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS06 Spateston Bowling Club, Spateston Road, Johnstone PA5 0SX SW07 Spateston Bowling Club, Spateston Road, Johnstone PA5 0SX
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS07 Thorn Primary School, 4A Thorn Brae, Johnstone PA5 8HE SW08 Thorn Primary School, 4A Thorn Brae, Johnstone PA5 8HE
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS08 Howwood Village Hall, 10 Station Road, Howwood PA9 1BB SW09 Howwood Village Hall, 10 Station Road, Howwood PA9 1BB
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS09 St Margaret's Church Hall, 49 Graham Street, Johnstone PA5
8RA SW10 St Margaret's Church Hall, 49 Graham Street, Johnstone PA5 8RA
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS10 Johnstone Town Hall, 25 Church St, Johnstone PA5 8EG SW11 Johnstone Town Hall, 25 Church St, Johnstone PA5 8EG
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS11 Thorn Primary School, 4A Thorn Brae, Johnstone PA5 8HE SW12 Thorn Primary School, 4A Thorn Brae, Johnstone PA5 8HE
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS12 McKillop Institute, 2 Main Street, Lochwinnoch PA12 4AJ SW13 McKillop Institute, 2 Main Street, Lochwinnoch PA12 4AJ
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
SS13 Kilbarchan Scout Hall, Barn Green, Kilbarchan PA10 2HG SW14 Kilbarchan Scout Hall, Barn Green, Kilbarchan PA10 2HG
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
Ward 8 - Johnstone South and Elderslie
Ward 9 - Johnstone North, Kilbarchan, Howwood and Lochwinnoch
Page 218 of 230

Page 219

IN03 Houston and Killellan Church Halls, Main Street, Houston IW01 Houston and Killellan Church Halls, Main Street, Houston
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley)
Amalgamate with existing IS01 and IS02.
NN14
Houston and Killellan Church Halls, Main Street, Houston/
Inchinnan Primary School, 96 existing Greenock Road,
Inchinnan PA4 9PH
NW01
Houston and Killellan Church Halls, Main Street, Houston/
Inchinnan Primary School, 96 existing Greenock Road, Inchinnan
PA4 9PH
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West &
Levern Valley).
Votes at Houston and Killellan Church Halls for
Scottish Parliamentary and Local government
elections and at Inchinnan Primary School for UK
Parliamentary Elections - currently circa 31 electors
IS01 Cargill Hall, Lintwhite Crescent, Bridge of Weir PA11 3LJ/
Brookfield Village Hall, 45 Woodside Road, Brookfield PA5 8UB IW01 Houston and Killellan Church Halls, Main Street, Houston
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley).
Amalgamate with existing IN03 and IS02 - now IW01.
Now votes at Houston & Killellan Church Halls for all
Elections currently circa 12 electors
IS02 Houston and Killellan Church Halls, Main Street, Houston IW01 Houston and Killellan Church Halls, Main Street, Houston Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley).
Amalgamate with existing IS01 and IN03 - now IW01
NS05
Inchinnan Primary School, 96 existing Greenock Road,
Inchinnan PA4 9PH/
Tweedie Hall, Ardlamont Square, Linwood PA3 3DE
NW02
Inchinnan Primary School, 96 existing Greenock Road, Inchinnan
PA4 9PH/
Tweedie Hall, Ardlamont Square, Linwood PA3 3DE
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley)
Currently 0 electors. Future electors, if any, will vote
at Tweedie Hall for Scottish Parliamentary and Local
government elections and at Inchinnan Primary
School for UK Parliamentary Elections
SS14 Our Lady of Peace Primary School, Linwood PA3 3PY SW15 Our Lady of Peace Primary School, Linwood PA3 3PY
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley)
Amalgamate with existing SS18
SS15 Brookfield Village Hall, 43 Woodside Rd, Brookfield, Johnstone
PA5 8UB SW16 Brookfield Village Hall, 43 Woodside Rd, Brookfield, Johnstone PA5
8UB
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley)
Amalgamate with existing SS16 and SS19
SS16 Brookfield Village Hall, 43 Woodside Rd, Brookfield, Johnstone
PA5 8UB SW16 Brookfield Village Hall, 43 Woodside Rd, Brookfield, Johnstone PA5
8UB Now in Renfrewshire West & Levern Valley.
Amalgamate with existing SS15 and SS19 - now SW16
SS17 Tweedie Hall, Ardlamont Square, Linwood PA3 3DE SW17 Tweedie Hall, Ardlamont Square, Linwood PA3 3DE Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley)
SS18 Our Lady of Peace Primary School, Linwood PA3 3PY SW15 Our Lady of Peace Primary School, Linwood PA3 3PY
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley)
Amalgamate with existing SS14 - now SW15
SS19 Brookfield Village Hall, 45 Woodside Road, Brookfield PA5 8UB SW16 Brookfield Village Hall, 45 Woodside Road, Brookfield PA5 8UB
Now in Renfrewshire West & Levern Valley.
Amalgamated with existing SS15 and SS19 - now
SW16
Ward 10 - Houston, Crosslee and Linwood
Page 219 of 230

Page 220

IN04 Cargill Hall, Lintwhite Crescent, Bridge of Weir PA11 3LJ IW02 Cargill Hall, Lintwhite Crescent, Bridge of Weir PA11 3LJ
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley)
Amalgamated with existing IN05 and IN06
IN05 Cargill Hall, Lintwhite Crescent, Bridge of Weir, PA11 3LJ IW02
Cargill Hall, Lintwhite Crescent, Bridge of Weir, PA11 3LJ Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley)
Amalgamate with existing IN04 and IN05 - now IW02
IN06 Cargill Hall, Lintwhite Crescent, Bridge of Weir PA11 3LJ IW02 Cargill Hall, Lintwhite Crescent, Bridge of Weir PA11 3LJ
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley)
Amalgamated with existing IN04 and IN05 - now
IW02
NN15 Langbank Village Centre, 51 Middlepenny Road, Langbank,
PA14 6XB NW03
Cargill Hall, Lintwhite Crescent, Bridge of Weir, PA11 3LJ/
Langbank Village Centre, 51 Middlepenny Road, Langbank, PA14
6XB
Change to polling district code (now in Renfrewshire
West & Levern Valley)
Amalgamted part of NN16 to form new NW03.
Now votes at Langbank Village Centre for UK and
Local Government Elections and at  Cargill Hall for
Scottish Parliamentary Elections - circa 12 electors
NN10
Langbank Village Centre, 51 Middlepenny Road, Langbank, PA14
6XB
Majority of district  in Renfrewshire North and
Cardonald and continues to vote at Langbank Village
centre.
Change to polling district numbering.
NW03
Cargill Hall, Lintwhite Crescent, Bridge of Weir, PA11 3LJ/
Langbank Village Centre, 51 Middlepenny Road, Langbank, PA14
6XB
Remainder of district is in the Renfrewshire West &
Levern Valley constituency and is amalgamated with
existing NN15 to form new polling district named
NW03.
Now votes at Langbank Village Centre for UK and
Local Government Elections and at  Cargill Hall for
Scottish Parliamentary Elections - circa 12 electors
NN17 Dargavel Primary School, Arrochar Drive, Bishopton, PA7 5HP NN11 Dargavel Primary School, Arrochar Drive, Bishopton, PA7 5HP Change to polling district numbering.
NN18 Bishopton Community Centre, Gledstane Rd, Bishopton PA7
5AU NN12 Bishopton Community Centre, Gledstane Rd, Bishopton PA7 5AU Change to polling district numbering.
Amalgamated with existing NN19.
NN19 Bishopton Community Centre, Gledstane Rd, Bishopton PA7
5AU NN12 Bishopton Community Centre, Gledstane Rd, Bishopton PA7 5AU Change to polling district numbering.
Amalgamated with existing NN18 - now NN12
NN20 Inchinnan Primary School, 96 existing Greenock Road,
Inchinnan PA4 9PH NN13 Inchinnan Primary School, 96 existing Greenock Road, Inchinnan
PA4 9PH Change to polling district numbering.
NN21 Erskine Baptist Church, Park Hill, Erskine PA8 7HE NN14 Barsail Primary School,Park Moor, Erskine PA8 7HL Change of polling district numbering.
Change to polling place.
NN22 St Anne's Primary School, 97 Park Drive, Erskine PA8 7AL NN15 St Anne's Primary School, 97 Park Drive, Erskine PA8 7AL Change to polling district numbering.
NN23 Bargarran Primary School, 4 Barrhill Road, Erskine PA8 6BX NN16 Bargarran Primary School, 4 Barrhill Road, Erskine PA8 6BX Change to polling district numbering.
Ward 11 - Bishopton, Bridge of Weir and Langbank
Ward 12 - Erskine and Inchinnan
NN16 Langbank Village Centre, 51 Middlepenny Road, Langbank,
PA14 6XB
Page 220 of 230

Page 221

Appendix 5
District
Code Place Code Place Name
Estimated
Stations for
this District
Council
Ward
Number
UK Parliamentary
Constituency
NN01 RENTH
Renfrew Town Hall & Museum, 
Renfrew Cross, Renfrew, PA4 8PF 5 1
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN02 KIRKCC
Kirklandneuk Community Centre, Ness Road
Renfrew PA4 9DE 1 1
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN03 MCMAST
McMaster Centre, Robertson Park,
Donaldson Drive, Renfrew, PA4 8LX 2 1
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN04 KINGSP
King George V Sports Pavilion,
Dean Park Road, Renfrew, PA4 0AN 3 1
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN05 STJAMES
St James' Primary School,
10 Brown Street, Renfrew, PA4 8HL 2 1
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN06 GLYNHIL
Glynhill Hotel,
169 Paisley Road Renfrew PA4 8XB 1 2
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN07 ARKPS
Arkleston Primary School,
Cockels Loan, Renfrew, PA4 0EL 1 2
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN08 NEWMAIN
Newmains Primary School,
Lang Avenue, Renfrew PA4 0DF 2 2
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN09 STJAMES
St James' Primary School, 10 Brown Street, Renfrew,
PA4 8HL 1 2
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN10 LANGVC
Langbank Village Centre,
Middlepenny Road, Langbank, PA14 6XE 1 11
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN11 DARPS
Dargavel Primary School,
Arrochar Drive, Bishopton PA7 5HP 4 11
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN12 BISHCC
Bishopton Community Centre, Gledstane Road,
Bishopton, PA7 5AU 4 11
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN13 INCHPS
Inchinnan Primary School,
96 Old Greenock Road, Inchinnan, PA4 9PH 2 12
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN14 BARSPS
Barsail Primary School,
Park Moor, Erskine PA8 7HL 2 12
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN15 STANNE
St Anne's Primary School,
97 Park Drive, Erskine, PA8 7AE 4 12
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NN16 BARGAR
Bargarran Primary School,
4 Barrhill Road, Erskine, PA8 6BX 4 12
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
Scottish Parliamentary Election Polling Plan
Renfrewshire North and Cardonald
Page 221 of 230

Page 222

District
Code Place Code Place Name
Estimated
Stations for
this District
Council
Ward
Number
UK Parliamentary
Constituency
NP01 GALLWCC
Gallowhill Community Centre,
210 Netherhill Road, Paisley PA3 4SF 2 2
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NP02 STCATH
St Catherine's Primary School,
28a Brabloch Crescent, Paisley PA3 4RG 2 2
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NP03 WILLIAM
Williamsburgh Primary School,
Lacy Street Paisley PA1 1QH 5 3
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NP04 RSPORT
Ralston Community Sports Centre,
Penilee Road, Ralston, Paisley, PA1 3AX 2 3
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NP05 RCC
Ralston Community Centre,
6 Allanton Avenue, Paisley, PA1 3BL 2 3
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NP06 BEECH
Beechwood Community Centre,
26 Shortroods Road, Paisley, PA3 2NT 2 4
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NP07 DRC
Disability Resource Centre,
Love Street, Paisley, Renfrewshire, PA3 2EA 1 4
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NP08 TANNAHILL
Tannahill Centre,
76 Blackstoun Road, Paisley PA3 1NT 2 4
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NP09 PAISMAR
Paisley Marriage Suite,
Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street, Paisley, PA1 1BU 1 5
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
SP01 MATYRS
Paisley West Church,
King Street, Paisley, PA1 2LS 2 4
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP02 STMARYS
St Mary's Primary School,
4 Maxwellton Road, Paisley, PA1 2RJ 2 4
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP03 CHARLES
St Charles Church Hall,
5 Union Street, Paisley, PA2 6DU 2 4
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP04 WECC
West End Community Centre,
5A Underwood Lane, Paisley, PA1 2SL 1 4
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP05 ANDREW
St Andrew's Academy,
125 Barrhead Road, Paisley, PA2 7LG 1 5
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP06 HUNTER
Hunterhill Community Centre,
Blackford Road, Paisley, PA2 7EP 1 5
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP07 PAISMAR
Paisley Marriage Suite,
Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street, Paisley, PA1 1BU 1 5
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP08 TODPS
Todholm Primary School,
Lochfield Road, Paisley, PA2 7JE 3 5
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP09 SEAC
South End Action Centre,
Stock Street, Paisley, PA2 6NL 2 5
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP10 WILLIAM
Williamsburgh Primary School,
Lacy Street Paisley PA1 1QH 2 5
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP11 GLENCC
Glenburn Community Centre,
30 Fairway Avenue, Paisley, PA2 8DX 1 6
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP12 GRC
Glenburn Resource Centre,
19 Donaldswood Road, Paisley, PA2 8EA 2 6
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP13 BUSHES
Bushes Primary School,
Grampian Avenue, Paisley, PA2 8DW 2 6
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP14 SOUTHCH
South Church Hall,
123 Rowan Street, Paisley, PA2 6RZ 2 6
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP15 CHARLES
St Charles Church Hall,
5 Union Street, Paisley, PA2 6DU 1 6
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP16 BREDICC
Brediland Community Centre,
30 Cardell Road, Paisley, PA2 9AF 1 7
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP17 BREDIPS
Brediland Primary School,
9 Achray Drive, Paisley, PA2 9DJ 3 7
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP18 RIVERSCC
Foxbar Rivers Community Building,
Spey Avenue, Paisley, PA2 0PA 1 7
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP19 HERIOT
Heriot Primary School,
10 Heriot Avenue, Paisley, PA2 0DS 2 7
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP20 FOXCC
Foxbar Community Centre,
Amochrie Road , Paisley, PA2 0LB 2 7
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SP21 LANCRGSPS
Langcraigs Primary School,
245 Glenfield Road, Paisley, PA2 8QE 2 7
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
Paisley
Page 222 of 230

Page 223

District
Code Place Code Place Name
Stations for
this District
Ward
Number
UK Parliamentary
Constituency
IW01 HOUSTKK
Houston & Killelan Kirk Halls,
Main Street, Houston, PA6 7EL 5 10 Inverclyde
IW02 CARGIL
Cargill Hall,
Lintwhite Crescent Bridge Of Weir PA11 3BN 4 10 Inverclyde
NW01 HOUSTKK
Houston & Killelan Kirk Halls,
Main Street Houston, PA6 7EL 1 10
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NW02 TWEED
Tweedie Hall, Ardlamont Square, Linwood, Paisley,
Renfrewshire, PA3 3DB 1 10
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
NW03 CARGIL
Cargill Hall,
Lintwhite Crescent Bridge Of Weir PA11 3BN 1 11
Paisley &
Renfrewshire North
SW01 TANNAHILL
Tannahill Centre,
76 Blackstoun Road, Paisley PA3 1NT 1 8
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW02 ELDERS
Elderslie Village Hall,
Stoddard Square, Elderslie, PA5 9AS 4 8
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW03 JOHNSTONCC
Johnstone Castle Community Centre,
Pine Crescent, Johnstone, PA5 0BX 2 8
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW04 STDAVIDS
St David's Primary School, West Johnstone Shared
Campus, Beith Road, Johnstone, PA5 0BB 1 8
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW05 COCHRAN
Cochrane Castle Community Centre,
Burns Drive, Johnstone, PA5 0HJ 1 8
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW06 FORD
Fordbank Primary School,  23b Teviot Terrace,
Johnstone PA5 0NP 1 8
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW07 SPATES
Spateston Bowling Club,
Spateston Road, Johnstone, PA5 0SX 2 8
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW08 THORNPS
Thorn Primary School,
4A Thorn Brae, Johnstone, PA5 8HE 1 8
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW09 HOWVH
Howwood Village Hall,
10 Station Road, Howwood PA9 1BB 2 9
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW10 STMAGS
St Margaret's Church Hall,
49 Graham Street, Johnstone, PA5 8RA 2 9
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW11 JOHNSTH
Johnstone Town Hall,
25 Church St, Johnstone PA5 8FA 2 9
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW12 THORNPS
Thorn Primary School,
4A Thorn Brae, Johnstone, PA5 8HE 1 9
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW13 MCKILLINS
McKillop Institute,
2 Main Street, Lochwinnoch, PA12 4AJ 2 9
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW14 KILBARCHSH
Kilbarchan Scout Hall,
Barn Green, Kilbarchan, PA10 2HG 2 9
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW15 OLOP
Our Lady of Peace Primary School,
Erskinefauld Road, Linwood,  PA3 3PR 3 10
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW16 BROOKVH
Brookfield Village Hall,
45 Woodside Road, Brookfield, PA5 8UB 1 10
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
SW17 TWEED
Tweedie Hall, Ardlamont Square, Linwood, Paisley,
Renfrewshire, PA3 3DB 3 10
Paisley &
Renfrewshire South
Renfrewshire West and Levern Valley
Page 223 of 230

Page 224

Page 224 of 230

Page 225

To: Council 
On: 25 September 2025 
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure 
Heading: Request to light up Council Buildings – Governance Arrangements 
1. Summary 
1.1 In terms of the Scheme of Delegated Functions, the Council has a reserved
power to determine which major events are deserving of recognition by way
of the lighting up of Council buildings and property. The report details a
request that has been received to mark events in this manner. 
2. Recommendations 
Council is asked to: 
2.1 Consider a request to light up Council buildings and property purple on 24
October 2025 to mark Child Brain Injury Trust GloWeek 2025 and on an
annual basis thereafter. 
3. Background 
3.1 Child Brain Injury Trust work with families and professionals across the UK to
support them after a child acquires a brain injury. This help varies from
practical support in meetings with schools or hospitals, to emotional support
through our counselling service.  GloWeek will run from the 20th of October to
26th October. 
Item 9
Page 225 of 230

Page 226

Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – none 
2. HR & Organisational Development – none 
3. Community/Council Planning – none 
4. Legal – none 
5. Property/Assets – The report seeks a new delegation to officers to allow
donation of redundant furniture, fittings and equipment. 
6. Information Technology – none 
7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this report
have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights.
No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the
recommendations contained in the report as it relates to the Council’s existing
Scheme of Delegations. 
8. Health & Safety – none 
9. Procurement – none 
10. Risk – none 
11. Privacy Impact – none 
12. CoSLA Policy Position – none 
13. Children’s Rights – none.   
14. Climate Risk – n/a 
List of Background Papers 
None 
Author: Gerard Hannah, Head of Climate, Public Protection and Roads
Email: gerard.hannah@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 226 of 230

Page 227

___________________________________________________________________
To:  Council
On:  25 September 2025
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Director of Finance & Resources
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Flag Flying Protocol Update 
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 At its meeting on 26 June 2025 Council considered a Governance report. As
part of that report the programme for flag flying as previously approved by
Council was set out as an appendix. Council agreed the contents of the
appendix but with additional changes to the current arrangements in Renfrew
and Johnstone, and revised arrangements in 2026 at Renfrew, Johnstone and
Paisley. 
1.2 This report provides an update on those revised arrangements and asks that
Members further consider matters in respect of Houstoun Square Johnstone. 
_________________________________________________________________
2. Recommendations 
Council is asked to: 
2.1 Note the update provided in the report. 
2.2 Consider matters in respect of the third flagpole at Houstoun Square
Johnstone.   
Item 10
Page 227 of 230

Page 228

3. Background 
3.1 At its meeting on 26 June 2025 Council considered a Governance report. As
part of that report the programme for flag flying as previously approved by
Council was set out as an appendix. The terms of the report were agreed. In
addition Council agreed a motion in the following terms:- 
"Council agrees that the Burgh flags of Renfrew and Johnstone be flown from
the relevant flagpoles in those towns except on occasions as contained in
Appendix 2 and confirms that the existing arrangements for Renfrewshire
House which represents the Renfrewshire Council area remains the same,
until such time as the Council determines otherwise.   
Council also notes and recognises that the 30th anniversary of the
establishment of Renfrewshire Council occurs in 2026. Council therefore
agrees that the flag of Renfrewshire Council be flown to mark the occasion
from the relevant flag poles during 2026. Council further agrees that the
above matters be delegated to the Provost and relevant officers." 
3.2 Following the agreement of that motion officers have commenced
arrangements for creation of flags bearing the Council Coat of Arms. 
Following discussions with the Provost, arrangements will be made to fly
these flags at Renfrewshire House, Renfrew Town Hall and Houstoun Square
Johnstone in April 2026. 
3.3 Following the decision to fly a flag bearing the Renfrew Burgh Coat of Arms at
Renfrew Town Hall, appropriate arrangements were made with Renfrew
Community Council.  The Provost offered to host a civic reception to mark the
event. The civic reception and flag raising took place on Thursday 31st July at
Renfrew Town Hall.   
3.4 Following the decision to fly a flag bearing the Johnstone Burgh Coat of Arms
at Houstoun Square, contact was made with the Lord Lyon to obtain details of
that Coat of Arms to allow an appropriate flag to be sourced. The Lord Lyon
advised that under the Local Government (Scotland) Act, the status of ‘Burgh’
was abolished in 1975. This made the 1955 Grant of Arms to the Burgh of
Johnstone redundant. The Lord Lyon therefore advised they the Coat of Arms
may not be displayed. The Lord Lyon further advised that it would be possible
for a relevant third party organisation to lodge a petition for those Arms to be
matriculated to them. The Council cannot pursue such a petition as we cannot
hold more than one coat of arms. 
3.5 Following receipt of the information from the Lord Lyon, the Provost made
contact with all Members asking for their views on her proposal that as an
alternative course the flag of Johnstone Burgh Football Club could be flown
meantime. There was no consensus on that suggestion, so it was not
progressed. 
Page 228 of 230

Page 229

3.6 Johnstone Community Council have advised the Council that they intend
petitioning the Lord Lyon to matriculate the Johnston Coat of Arms. If that
petition is successful, the Community Council could then give permission to
the Council to fly that flag. However, the indication from the Lord Lyon is that
the process could take as much as 30-36 months.   
3.7 The third flagpole at Houstoun Square has been subject to criminal damage
on a number of occasions. The most recent incident led to the flagpole being
damaged to such an extent that it required a complete replacement at a cost
of £4950. No flag has been flown at the location since that incident and
subsequent replacement. 
3.8 Members are asked to consider what arrangements they wish to be put in
place in respect of this location prior to the arrangements set out in para 3.2 in
April 2026. 
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – as set out in the report.   
2. HR & Organisational Development – none. 
3. Community/Council Planning –  none.  
4. Legal – as set out in the report 
5. Property/Assets – none. 
6. Information Technology – none. 
7. Equality & Human Rights 
The Recommendations contained within this report have been
assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No
negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the
recommendations contained in the report.  If required following
implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the
mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the
assessment will be published on the Council’s website. 
8. Health & Safety – none. 
9. Procurement – none. 
10. Risk – none. 
11. Privacy Impact - none 
Page 229 of 230

Page 230

12. Climate Risk - none 
13. Cosla Policy Position – none. 
14. Children’s Rights – none 
_________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers: 
None
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author:        Mark Conaghan
Head of Corporate Governance 
0141 618 7177 
mark.conaghan@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 230 of 230